diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ja/boot-installer.po | 302 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ja/boot-new.po | 31 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ja/hardware.po | 10 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ja/install-methods.po | 53 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ja/installation-howto.po | 67 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ja/partitioning.po | 92 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ja/post-install.po | 76 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ja/preface.po | 18 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ja/preparing.po | 8 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ja/preseed.po | 475 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ja/random-bits.po | 50 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ja/using-d-i.po | 759 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ja/welcome.po | 110 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/pot/boot-installer.pot | 182 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/pot/install-methods.pot | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/pot/installation-howto.pot | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/pot/partitioning.pot | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/pot/preseed.pot | 312 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/pot/random-bits.pot | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/pot/using-d-i.pot | 646 |
20 files changed, 1711 insertions, 1496 deletions
diff --git a/po/ja/boot-installer.po b/po/ja/boot-installer.po index 30a260b5c..71d622306 100644 --- a/po/ja/boot-installer.po +++ b/po/ja/boot-installer.po @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-10-10 12:35+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-10-24 12:23+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Christian Perrier <bubulle@debian.org>\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-12-29 12:07+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-29 21:09+0900\n" +"Last-Translator: KURASAWA Nozomu <nabetaro@caldron.jp>\n" "Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -79,7 +79,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Older systems such as the 715 might require the use of an RBOOT server " "instead of a BOOTP server." -msgstr "715 のような古いシステムは、BOOTP サーバではなく RBOOT サーバが必要です。" +msgstr "" +"715 のような古いシステムは、BOOTP サーバではなく RBOOT サーバが必要です。" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:53 boot-installer.xml:663 boot-installer.xml:1202 @@ -109,9 +110,9 @@ msgid "" "CD as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/>, </phrase> insert " "your CD, reboot, and proceed to the next chapter." msgstr "" -"ほとんどの人にとって、&debian; CD セットを使うのが一番簡単な入手経路かと思いま" -"す。CD セットが既に手元にあり、かつインストールするマシンが CD から直接起動で" -"きるようならツイています! 単に <phrase arch=\"x86\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-" +"ほとんどの人にとって、&debian; CD セットを使うのが一番簡単な入手経路かと思い" +"ます。CD セットが既に手元にあり、かつインストールするマシンが CD から直接起動" +"できるようならツイています! 単に <phrase arch=\"x86\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-" "dev-select\"/> の説明に従って、CD から起動できるようシステムを設定したあと、" "</phrase>CD-ROM をドライブに入れて再起動し、次の章に進んでください。" @@ -142,11 +143,11 @@ msgid "" "system, base system, and any additional packages, point the installation " "system at the CD-ROM drive." msgstr "" -"CD-ROM から起動できなくても、希望する &debian; システムコンポーネントやパッケー" -"ジを、おそらく CD-ROM からインストールできるでしょう。単純にフロッピーなどの" -"別のメディアを使って起動してください。OS、基本システム、任意の追加パッケージ" -"をインストールする場合、インストールシステムを CD-ROM ドライブに向けてくださ" -"い。" +"CD-ROM から起動できなくても、希望する &debian; システムコンポーネントやパッ" +"ケージを、おそらく CD-ROM からインストールできるでしょう。単純にフロッピーな" +"どの別のメディアを使って起動してください。OS、基本システム、任意の追加パッ" +"ケージをインストールする場合、インストールシステムを CD-ROM ドライブに向けて" +"ください。" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:97 boot-installer.xml:367 boot-installer.xml:838 @@ -154,7 +155,8 @@ msgstr "" #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have problems booting, see <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." -msgstr "起動に問題があれば、<xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/> をご覧ください。" +msgstr "" +"起動に問題があれば、<xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/> をご覧ください。" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:107 @@ -338,9 +340,9 @@ msgid "" "following command line:" msgstr "" "SS4000-E を起動するには、シリアルのヌルモデルケーブルとリボンケーブルを使用" -"し、SS4000-E のシリアルポートに接続し、再起動してください。&debian; GNU/Linux " -"では、<command>cu</command> プログラム (パッケージは同名) を使用すると良いで" -"しょう。あなたのコンピュータで、シリアルポートが <filename>/dev/ttyS0</" +"し、SS4000-E のシリアルポートに接続し、再起動してください。&debian; GNU/" +"Linux では、<command>cu</command> プログラム (パッケージは同名) を使用すると" +"良いでしょう。あなたのコンピュータで、シリアルポートが <filename>/dev/ttyS0</" "filename> として見えている場合、以下のコマンドラインを使用してください。" #. Tag: screen @@ -550,10 +552,10 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:465 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#, no-c-format #| msgid "Booting from MacOS" msgid "Booting from DOS" -msgstr "MacOS からの起動" +msgstr "DOS からの起動" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:466 @@ -594,7 +596,8 @@ msgstr "bla" #, no-c-format msgid "" "Booting from Linux Using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>" -msgstr "<command>LILO</command> や <command>GRUB</command> を用いた Linux からの起動" +msgstr "" +"<command>LILO</command> や <command>GRUB</command> を用いた Linux からの起動" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:502 @@ -951,8 +954,8 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Depending on the installation method you are " "using, the <quote>Graphical install</quote> option may not be available." msgstr "" -"インストーラを起動する際に、&debian; のロゴと次のようなメニューを表示する親しみ" -"やすいグラフィック画面を表示します。<informalexample><screen>\n" +"インストーラを起動する際に、&debian; のロゴと次のようなメニューを表示する親し" +"みやすいグラフィック画面を表示します。<informalexample><screen>\n" "Installer boot menu\n" "\n" "Install\n" @@ -1121,15 +1124,15 @@ msgid "" "The set of &debian; CDs can install a complete system from the wide range of " "packages without needing access to the network." msgstr "" -"基本的な &debian; インストール CD が 3 種類あります。<emphasis>Business Card</" -"emphasis> CD は、小さいフォームファクタの CD メディアに合うような最小インス" -"トールを持っています。それは基本インストールの残りをインストールし、使用可能" -"なシステムを作るためにネットワーク接続が必要です。<emphasis>Network Install</" -"emphasis> CD は、基本インストールのパッケージをすべて持っていますが、完全なシ" -"ステムが欲しい場合は、特別パッケージをインストールするのに &debian; ミラーサイ" -"トへのネットワーク接続が必要です。&debian; CD セットは、ネットワークへのアクセ" -"スを必要とせずに、広範囲のパッケージから完全なシステムをインストールできま" -"す。" +"基本的な &debian; インストール CD が 3 種類あります。<emphasis>Business " +"Card</emphasis> CD は、小さいフォームファクタの CD メディアに合うような最小イ" +"ンストールを持っています。それは基本インストールの残りをインストールし、使用" +"可能なシステムを作るためにネットワーク接続が必要です。<emphasis>Network " +"Install</emphasis> CD は、基本インストールのパッケージをすべて持っています" +"が、完全なシステムが欲しい場合は、特別パッケージをインストールするのに " +"&debian; ミラーサイトへのネットワーク接続が必要です。&debian; CD セットは、" +"ネットワークへのアクセスを必要とせずに、広範囲のパッケージから完全なシステム" +"をインストールできます。" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:864 @@ -1167,11 +1170,11 @@ msgid "" "contains an EFI partition where the necessary files for booting the system " "reside. These files are readable from the EFI Shell as described below." msgstr "" -"&debian; インストーラ CD には、<command>ELILO</command> ブートローダやその設定" -"ファイル、インストーラのカーネルや初期ファイルシステム (initrd) が存在する、" -"小さな EFI パーティションを含んでいます。稼働中のシステムは、システムを起動す" -"るのに必要なファイルが存在する、EFI パーティションを含んでいます。これらの" -"ファイルは下に記述したように EFI シェルから読むことができます。" +"&debian; インストーラ CD には、<command>ELILO</command> ブートローダやその設" +"定ファイル、インストーラのカーネルや初期ファイルシステム (initrd) が存在す" +"る、小さな EFI パーティションを含んでいます。稼働中のシステムは、システムを起" +"動するのに必要なファイルが存在する、EFI パーティションを含んでいます。これら" +"のファイルは下に記述したように EFI シェルから読むことができます。" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:889 @@ -1349,8 +1352,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "何らかの理由でオプション 1 が成功しない場合、マシンを再起動して EFI ブートマ" "ネージャが表示されていれば、<command>EFI Shell [Built-in]</command> というオ" -"プションがあるはずです。以下のようにして &debian; インストーラ CD を起動してく" -"ださい。" +"プションがあるはずです。以下のようにして &debian; インストーラ CD を起動して" +"ください。" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1008 @@ -1578,7 +1581,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Select the kernel version and installation mode most appropriate to your " "needs with the arrow keys." -msgstr "カーネルのバージョンと目的に対して最も適切なモードを、矢印キーで選択する。" +msgstr "" +"カーネルのバージョンと目的に対して最も適切なモードを、矢印キーで選択する。" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1149 @@ -1803,10 +1807,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "SGI のマシンで、コマンドモニタに入ったところで <informalexample><screen>\n" "bootp():\n" -"</screen></informalexample> と入力すると、linux が起動して &debian; ソフトウェ" -"アのインストールが始まります。インストーラを正しく動作させるには、環境変数 " -"<envar>netaddr</envar> の設定を解除しなければならないこともあります。これには" -"コマンドモニタから <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> と入力すると、linux が起動して &debian; ソフト" +"ウェアのインストールが始まります。インストーラを正しく動作させるには、環境変" +"数 <envar>netaddr</envar> の設定を解除しなければならないこともあります。これ" +"にはコマンドモニタから <informalexample><screen>\n" "unsetenv netaddr\n" "</screen></informalexample> とします。" @@ -1986,11 +1990,11 @@ msgid "" "floppy drives, so use the floppy drive to launch the installer, and then " "point the installer to the CD for the needed files." msgstr "" -"OldWorld PowerMac では、&debian; CD が起動しないでしょう。なぜなら OldWorld コ" -"ンピュータは、CD を利用するのに Mac OS ROM CD ブートドライバに依存し、このド" -"ライバにはフリーソフトウェア版が存在しないからです。すべての OldWorld システ" -"ムには、フロッピードライブがあるので、インストーラを開始するためにフロッピー" -"ドライブを使い、必要とされたファイルのために CD を指定してください。" +"OldWorld PowerMac では、&debian; CD が起動しないでしょう。なぜなら OldWorld " +"コンピュータは、CD を利用するのに Mac OS ROM CD ブートドライバに依存し、この" +"ドライバにはフリーソフトウェア版が存在しないからです。すべての OldWorld シス" +"テムには、フロッピードライブがあるので、インストーラを開始するためにフロッ" +"ピードライブを使い、必要とされたファイルのために CD を指定してください。" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1521 @@ -2120,8 +2124,8 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>install</userinput> か <userinput>install video=ofonly</" "userinput> と入力し、&enterkey; を押します。<userinput>install</userinput> の" "方がうまくいかないときは、互換性を最大にするために <userinput>video=ofonly</" -"userinput> 引数を試してみてください。これで &debian; のインストールプログラムが" -"開始されるはずです。" +"userinput> 引数を試してみてください。これで &debian; のインストールプログラム" +"が開始されるはずです。" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1620 @@ -2747,7 +2751,8 @@ msgstr "debconf/priority (priority)" #: boot-installer.xml:2109 #, no-c-format msgid "This parameter sets the lowest priority of messages to be displayed." -msgstr "このパラメータには、表示するメッセージのもっとも低い優先度を設定します。" +msgstr "" +"このパラメータには、表示するメッセージのもっとも低い優先度を設定します。" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2113 @@ -2905,8 +2910,8 @@ msgid "" "installer from. For example, <userinput>INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV=/dev/floppy/0</" "userinput>" msgstr "" -"このパラメータの値には、&debian; インストーラを読み込むデバイスのパスを指定しま" -"す。例えば、<userinput>INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV=/dev/floppy/0</userinput> となりま" +"このパラメータの値には、&debian; インストーラを読み込むデバイスのパスを指定し" +"ます。例えば、<userinput>INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV=/dev/floppy/0</userinput> となりま" "す。" #. Tag: para @@ -3024,7 +3029,7 @@ msgstr "" "と指定してテーマを設定してください。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2283 boot-installer.xml:2514 +#: boot-installer.xml:2283 boot-installer.xml:2516 #, no-c-format msgid "netcfg/disable_dhcp" msgstr "netcfg/disable_dhcp" @@ -3307,13 +3312,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> にセットしてください。<xref linkend=\"rescue\"/> をご覧ください。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2458 +#: boot-installer.xml:2460 #, no-c-format msgid "Using boot parameters to answer questions" msgstr "ブートパラメータで質問に答える" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2459 +#: boot-installer.xml:2461 #, no-c-format msgid "" "With some exceptions, a value can be set at the boot prompt for any question " @@ -3326,25 +3331,25 @@ msgstr "" "bootparms\"/> にあります。特殊な例を以下に示します。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2471 +#: boot-installer.xml:2473 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/language (language)" msgstr "debian-installer/language (language)" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2472 +#: boot-installer.xml:2474 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/country (country)" msgstr "debian-installer/country (country)" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2473 +#: boot-installer.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/locale (locale)" msgstr "debian-installer/locale (locale)" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2474 +#: boot-installer.xml:2476 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two ways to specify the language, country and locale to use for " @@ -3354,7 +3359,7 @@ msgstr "" "ふたつあります。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2479 +#: boot-installer.xml:2481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The first and easiest is to pass only the parameter <literal>locale</" @@ -3373,7 +3378,7 @@ msgstr "" "ないということです。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2488 +#: boot-installer.xml:2490 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second, more flexible option is to specify <literal>language</literal> " @@ -3389,13 +3394,13 @@ msgstr "" "UTF-8</userinput>" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2500 +#: boot-installer.xml:2502 #, no-c-format msgid "anna/choose_modules (modules)" msgstr "anna/choose_modules (modules)" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2501 +#: boot-installer.xml:2503 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Can be used to automatically load installer components that are not loaded " @@ -3411,7 +3416,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"pppoe\"/> をご覧ください) </phrase>が便利です。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2515 +#: boot-installer.xml:2517 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>true</userinput> if you want to disable DHCP and instead " @@ -3421,13 +3426,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> と設定します。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2524 +#: boot-installer.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "mirror/protocol (protocol)" msgstr "mirror/protocol (protocol)" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2525 +#: boot-installer.xml:2527 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default the installer will use the http protocol to download files from " @@ -3437,20 +3442,20 @@ msgid "" "instead. Note that you cannot select an ftp mirror from a list, you have to " "enter the hostname manually." msgstr "" -"デフォルトでインストーラは、&debian; のミラーサイトからファイルをダウンロードす" -"るのに http プロトコルを使用し、通常の優先度ではインストール中に ftp に変更で" -"きません。このパラメータに <userinput>ftp</userinput> と設定すると、インス" +"デフォルトでインストーラは、&debian; のミラーサイトからファイルをダウンロード" +"するのに http プロトコルを使用し、通常の優先度ではインストール中に ftp に変更" +"できません。このパラメータに <userinput>ftp</userinput> と設定すると、インス" "トーラに ftp を使用するように強制できます。一覧から ftp ミラーを選択できず、" "ホスト名を手入力しなければならないことに注意してください。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2538 +#: boot-installer.xml:2540 #, no-c-format msgid "tasksel:tasksel/first (tasks)" msgstr "tasksel:tasksel/first (tasks)" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2539 +#: boot-installer.xml:2541 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Can be used to select tasks that are not available from the interactive task " @@ -3462,13 +3467,13 @@ msgstr "" "ださい。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2553 +#: boot-installer.xml:2555 #, no-c-format msgid "Passing parameters to kernel modules" msgstr "カーネルモジュールへパラメータを渡す" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2554 +#: boot-installer.xml:2556 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If drivers are compiled into the kernel, you can pass parameters to them as " @@ -3491,7 +3496,7 @@ msgstr "" "ステムに伝播します。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2567 +#: boot-installer.xml:2569 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is now quite rare that parameters need to be passed to modules. " @@ -3505,7 +3510,7 @@ msgstr "" "は、未だにパラメータを手で設定しなければなりません。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2574 +#: boot-installer.xml:2576 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The syntax to use to set parameters for modules is: " @@ -3526,19 +3531,19 @@ msgstr "" "スカードで BNC (coax) を使用し、IRQ 10 を設定する場合は、以下のようにします。" #. Tag: screen -#: boot-installer.xml:2584 +#: boot-installer.xml:2586 #, no-c-format msgid "3c509.xcvr=3 3c509.irq=10" msgstr "3c509.xcvr=3 3c509.irq=10" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2590 +#: boot-installer.xml:2592 #, no-c-format msgid "Blacklisting kernel modules" msgstr "カーネルモジュールのブラックリスト化" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2591 +#: boot-installer.xml:2593 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Sometimes it may be necessary to blacklist a module to prevent it from being " @@ -3556,7 +3561,7 @@ msgstr "" "因となります。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2600 +#: boot-installer.xml:2602 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can blacklist a module using the following syntax: " @@ -3572,7 +3577,7 @@ msgstr "" "が有効になります。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2608 +#: boot-installer.xml:2610 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that a module may still be loaded by the installation system itself. " @@ -3586,19 +3591,19 @@ msgstr "" "げます。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2625 +#: boot-installer.xml:2626 #, no-c-format msgid "Troubleshooting the Installation Process" msgstr "インストールプロセスのトラブルシューティング" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2630 +#: boot-installer.xml:2631 #, no-c-format msgid "CD-ROM Reliability" msgstr "CD-ROM の信頼性" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2631 +#: boot-installer.xml:2632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Sometimes, especially with older CD-ROM drives, the installer may fail to " @@ -3612,7 +3617,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2638 +#: boot-installer.xml:2639 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are many different possible causes for these problems. We can only " @@ -3623,13 +3628,13 @@ msgstr "" "法を提供することしかできません。後はあなた次第です。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2644 +#: boot-installer.xml:2645 #, no-c-format msgid "There are two very simple things that you should try first." msgstr "まずはじめに試すのは、以下の 2 点です。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2649 +#: boot-installer.xml:2650 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the CD-ROM does not boot, check that it was inserted correctly and that " @@ -3639,7 +3644,7 @@ msgstr "" "さい。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2655 +#: boot-installer.xml:2656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installer fails to recognize a CD-ROM, try just running the option " @@ -3652,7 +3657,7 @@ msgstr "" "ROM ドライブの DMA に関連する問題は、この方法で解決することが知られています。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2665 +#: boot-installer.xml:2666 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If this does not work, then try the suggestions in the subsections below. " @@ -3664,7 +3669,7 @@ msgstr "" "という用語を用いています。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2671 +#: boot-installer.xml:2672 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot get the installation working from CD-ROM, try one of the other " @@ -3674,13 +3679,13 @@ msgstr "" "さい。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2679 +#: boot-installer.xml:2680 #, no-c-format msgid "Common issues" msgstr "共通の問題" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2682 +#: boot-installer.xml:2683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some older CD-ROM drives do not support reading from discs that were burned " @@ -3690,7 +3695,7 @@ msgstr "" "ディスクからの読み込みをサポートしていない物があります。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2688 +#: boot-installer.xml:2689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your system boots correctly from the CD-ROM, it does not necessarily mean " @@ -3702,7 +3707,7 @@ msgstr "" "ポートしているとは限りません。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2695 +#: boot-installer.xml:2696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some older CD-ROM drives do not work correctly if <quote>direct memory " @@ -3712,19 +3717,19 @@ msgstr "" "が有効だと、正しく動作しない物もあります。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2706 +#: boot-installer.xml:2707 #, no-c-format msgid "How to investigate and maybe solve issues" msgstr "調査および問題解決の方法" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2707 +#: boot-installer.xml:2708 #, no-c-format msgid "If the CD-ROM fails to boot, try the suggestions listed below." msgstr "CD-ROM が起動に失敗したら、以下のことを試してください。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2712 +#: boot-installer.xml:2713 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check that your BIOS actually supports booting from CD-ROM (older systems " @@ -3735,7 +3740,7 @@ msgstr "" "ください。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2718 +#: boot-installer.xml:2719 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you downloaded an iso image, check that the md5sum of that image matches " @@ -3760,7 +3765,7 @@ msgstr "" "み込むのにイメージのサイズを利用します。" #. Tag: screen -#: boot-installer.xml:2731 +#: boot-installer.xml:2732 #, no-c-format msgid "" "$ dd if=/dev/cdrom | \\\n" @@ -3782,7 +3787,7 @@ msgstr "" "134486016 bytes (134 MB) copied, 97.474 seconds, 1.4 MB/s" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2736 +#: boot-installer.xml:2737 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If, after the installer has been booted successfully, the CD-ROM is not " @@ -3802,7 +3807,7 @@ msgstr "" "に切り替えて、シェルを有効にしてください。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2748 +#: boot-installer.xml:2749 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Switch to VT4 or view the contents of <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> " @@ -3814,7 +3819,7 @@ msgstr "" "示してください。その後、<command>dmesg</command> の出力でもチェックできます。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2755 +#: boot-installer.xml:2756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check in the output of <command>dmesg</command> if your CD-ROM drive was " @@ -3844,7 +3849,7 @@ msgstr "" "むのを試せます。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2769 +#: boot-installer.xml:2770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check that there is a device node for your CD-ROM drive under <filename>/dev/" @@ -3856,7 +3861,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/dev/cdrom</filename> にもあるかもしれません。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2777 +#: boot-installer.xml:2778 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the <command>mount</command> command to check if the CD-ROM is already " @@ -3873,7 +3878,7 @@ msgstr "" "チェックしてください。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2787 +#: boot-installer.xml:2788 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check if DMA is currently enabled: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -3899,7 +3904,7 @@ msgstr "" "クトリで操作してください。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2802 +#: boot-installer.xml:2803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If there are any problems during the installation, try checking the " @@ -3912,13 +3917,13 @@ msgstr "" "ションを一般的なテストとして使用できます。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2817 +#: boot-installer.xml:2818 #, no-c-format msgid "Floppy Disk Reliability" msgstr "フロッピーディスクの信頼性" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2819 +#: boot-installer.xml:2820 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The biggest problem for people using floppy disks to install &debian; seems " @@ -3928,7 +3933,7 @@ msgstr "" "は、フロッピーディスクの信頼性だと思います。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2824 +#: boot-installer.xml:2825 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot floppy is the floppy with the worst problems, because it is read by " @@ -3946,7 +3951,7 @@ msgstr "" "ディスク I/O エラーに関するメッセージが大量に表示されます。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2833 +#: boot-installer.xml:2834 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are having the installation stall at a particular floppy, the first " @@ -3963,7 +3968,7 @@ msgstr "" "ムで書き込んでみると、うまくいくこともあるようです。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2842 +#: boot-installer.xml:2843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One user reports he had to write the images to floppy <emphasis>three</" @@ -3975,7 +3980,7 @@ msgstr "" "して確認するといいでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2848 +#: boot-installer.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Normally you should not have to download a floppy image again, but if you " @@ -3987,7 +3992,7 @@ msgstr "" "フロッピーでは、何も問題なくいったそうです。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2854 +#: boot-installer.xml:2855 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Other users have reported that simply rebooting a few times with the same " @@ -3999,13 +4004,13 @@ msgstr "" "ウェアのフロッピードライバのできが悪かったためでしょう。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2863 +#: boot-installer.xml:2864 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Configuration" msgstr "起動設定" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2865 +#: boot-installer.xml:2866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have problems and the kernel hangs during the boot process, doesn't " @@ -4018,7 +4023,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> の説明に従ってブートパラメータを確認してください。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2872 +#: boot-installer.xml:2873 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Often, problems can be solved by removing add-ons and peripherals, and then " @@ -4030,7 +4035,7 @@ msgstr "" "ド、 Plug-n-Play デバイスなどは特に問題となりがちです。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2878 +#: boot-installer.xml:2879 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a large amount of memory installed in your machine, more than " @@ -4043,13 +4048,13 @@ msgstr "" "を使って、カーネルが扱うメモリの量を制限する必要があるかもしれません。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2889 boot-installer.xml:2991 +#: boot-installer.xml:2890 boot-installer.xml:2992 #, no-c-format msgid "Common &arch-title; Installation Problems" msgstr "&arch-title; へのインストールに共通の問題" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2890 +#: boot-installer.xml:2891 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are some common installation problems that can be solved or avoided by " @@ -4059,7 +4064,7 @@ msgstr "" "ラメータで解決したり、確実にバイパスして回避したりできます。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2895 +#: boot-installer.xml:2896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some systems have floppies with <quote>inverted DCLs</quote>. If you receive " @@ -4072,7 +4077,7 @@ msgstr "" "てください。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2901 +#: boot-installer.xml:2902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On some systems, such as the IBM PS/1 or ValuePoint (which have ST-506 disk " @@ -4092,7 +4097,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> というパラメータを使ってください。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2910 +#: boot-installer.xml:2911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a very old machine, and the kernel hangs after saying " @@ -4106,7 +4111,7 @@ msgstr "" "でしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2917 +#: boot-installer.xml:2918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some systems (especially laptops) that have a native resolution that is not " @@ -4132,7 +4137,7 @@ msgstr "" "パラメータに <userinput>fb=false</userinput> を追加してみてください。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2935 +#: boot-installer.xml:2936 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your screen begins to show a weird picture while the kernel boots, eg. " @@ -4152,13 +4157,13 @@ msgstr "" "ください。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2949 +#: boot-installer.xml:2950 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze During the PCMCIA Configuration Phase" msgstr "PCMCIA 設定中のシステムフリーズ" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2950 +#: boot-installer.xml:2951 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some laptop models produced by Dell are known to crash when PCMCIA device " @@ -4178,7 +4183,7 @@ msgstr "" "外することができます。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2960 +#: boot-installer.xml:2961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, you can boot the installer in expert mode. You will then be " @@ -4200,13 +4205,13 @@ msgstr "" "あればカンマを省略しなければならないことに注意してください。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2977 +#: boot-installer.xml:2978 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze while Loading USB Modules" msgstr "USB モジュールロード中のシステムフリーズ" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2978 +#: boot-installer.xml:2979 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The kernel normally tries to install USB modules and the USB keyboard driver " @@ -4224,19 +4229,19 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2992 +#: boot-installer.xml:2993 #, no-c-format msgid "There are some common installation problems that are worth mentioning." msgstr "以下、言及しておくべき、インストール時の一般的な問題があります。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2998 +#: boot-installer.xml:2999 #, no-c-format msgid "Misdirected video output" msgstr "ビデオ出力先の間違い" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2999 +#: boot-installer.xml:3000 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is fairly common for &arch-title; to have two video cards in one machine, " @@ -4262,7 +4267,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> をインストーラに与えて起動してください。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3013 +#: boot-installer.xml:3014 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that you may also have to manually add this parameter to the silo " @@ -4276,13 +4281,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> のビデオドライバを修正してください。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3024 +#: boot-installer.xml:3025 #, no-c-format msgid "Failure to Boot or Install from CD-ROM" msgstr "起動に失敗ないし CD-ROM からインストール" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3025 +#: boot-installer.xml:3026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some Sparc systems are notoriously difficult to boot from CD-ROM and even if " @@ -4294,19 +4299,20 @@ msgstr "" "システムで報告されています。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3031 +#: boot-installer.xml:3032 #, no-c-format msgid "We recommend to install such systems by netbooting the installer." -msgstr "そのようなシステムでは、インストーラをネットから起動するのをお勧めします。" +msgstr "" +"そのようなシステムでは、インストーラをネットから起動するのをお勧めします。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3040 +#: boot-installer.xml:3041 #, no-c-format msgid "Interpreting the Kernel Startup Messages" msgstr "カーネルの起動時メッセージの意味" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3042 +#: boot-installer.xml:3043 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the boot sequence, you may see many messages in the form " @@ -4344,13 +4350,13 @@ msgstr "" "baking\"/> 参照)</phrase>。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3067 +#: boot-installer.xml:3068 #, no-c-format msgid "Reporting Installation Problems" msgstr "インストールで発生した問題の報告" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3068 +#: boot-installer.xml:3069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you get through the initial boot phase but cannot complete the install, " @@ -4369,7 +4375,7 @@ msgstr "" "バグ報告を送る際に、バグ報告にこの情報を付けることができます。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3079 +#: boot-installer.xml:3080 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Other pertinent installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</" @@ -4381,13 +4387,13 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename> にあるはずです。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3090 +#: boot-installer.xml:3091 #, no-c-format msgid "Submitting Installation Reports" msgstr "インストールレポートの送信" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3091 +#: boot-installer.xml:3092 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you still have problems, please submit an installation report. We also " @@ -4400,7 +4406,7 @@ msgstr "" "さんのハードウェア設定情報を手に入れることができます。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3098 +#: boot-installer.xml:3099 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that your installation report will be published in the Debian Bug " @@ -4412,7 +4418,7 @@ msgstr "" "ない e-mail アドレスを使用してください。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3104 +#: boot-installer.xml:3105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a working &debian; system, the easiest way to send an " @@ -4423,15 +4429,15 @@ msgid "" "outgoing\"/>, and run the command <command>reportbug installation-reports</" "command>." msgstr "" -"動作する &debian; システムがある場合、インストールレポートを送る最も簡単な方法" -"は以下のようになります。<classname>installation-report</classname> と " +"動作する &debian; システムがある場合、インストールレポートを送る最も簡単な方" +"法は以下のようになります。<classname>installation-report</classname> と " "<classname>reportbug</classname> パッケージをインストール (<command>aptitude " "install installation-report reportbug</command>) し、<xref linkend=\"mail-" "outgoing\"/> で説明しているように <classname>reportbug</classname> を設定し" "て、<command>reportbug installation-reports</command> を実行してください。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3114 +#: boot-installer.xml:3115 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively you can use this template when filling out installation " diff --git a/po/ja/boot-new.po b/po/ja/boot-new.po index 7488dc200..51eb8eadd 100644 --- a/po/ja/boot-new.po +++ b/po/ja/boot-new.po @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2010-10-10 12:35+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-03 14:27+0900\n" -"Last-Translator: KURASAWA Nozomu <nabetaro@debian.or.jp>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-29 21:14+0900\n" +"Last-Translator: KURASAWA Nozomu <nabetaro@caldron.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:13 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "If you did a default installation, the first thing you should see when " #| "you boot the system is the menu of the <classname>grub</classname> or " @@ -56,11 +56,12 @@ msgid "" "menu." msgstr "" "デフォルトのインストールをした場合、システムを起動してまず最初に " -"<classname>grub</classname> のメニューか、<classname>lilo</classname> ブート" -"ローダをおそらく目にするはずです。メニューの一番目の選択肢は、インストールし" -"た &debian; システムです。インストールシステムが (Windows のような) 他のオペ" -"レーティングシステムをコンピュータ上に見つけた場合、メニューのもっと下の方に" -"リストアップされているでしょう。" +"<classname>grub</classname> <phrase arch=\"x86\"> か、可能なら" +"<classname>lilo</classname> ブートローダ</phrase>のメニューをおそらく目にする" +"はずです。メニューの一番目の選択肢は、インストールした &debian; システムで" +"す。インストールシステムが (Windows のような) 他のオペレーティングシステムを" +"コンピュータ上に見つけた場合、メニューのもっと下の方にリストアップされている" +"でしょう。" #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:23 @@ -74,11 +75,11 @@ msgid "" "rescue mode (see <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/>)." msgstr "" "たとえシステムが正常に起動しなかったとしても、パニックにならないでください。" -"インストールが正常に終了したのなら、システムが &debian; を起動するのを妨げる比" -"較的小さな問題だけがある可能性が高いです。ほとんどの場合、そのような問題はイ" -"ンストールを繰り返すことなしに解決することができます。ブート時の問題を修正す" -"る一つの選択肢は、インストーラ内蔵のレスキューモード (<xref linkend=\"rescue" -"\"/> をご覧ください) を使用することです。" +"インストールが正常に終了したのなら、システムが &debian; を起動するのを妨げる" +"比較的小さな問題だけがある可能性が高いです。ほとんどの場合、そのような問題は" +"インストールを繰り返すことなしに解決することができます。ブート時の問題を修正" +"する一つの選択肢は、インストーラ内蔵のレスキューモード (<xref linkend=" +"\"rescue\"/> をご覧ください) を使用することです。" #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:32 @@ -96,8 +97,8 @@ msgid "" "clearly and include any messages that are displayed and may help others to " "diagnose the issue." msgstr "" -"もし &debian; や &arch-kernel; に不馴れなら、より経験のあるユーザの手助けが必要" -"かもしれません。<phrase arch=\"x86\">直接的なオンラインヘルプとして、OFTC " +"もし &debian; や &arch-kernel; に不馴れなら、より経験のあるユーザの手助けが必" +"要かもしれません。<phrase arch=\"x86\">直接的なオンラインヘルプとして、OFTC " "ネットワーク上の IRC チャネル (#debian あるいは #debian-boot) を試してみてく" "ださい。あるいは、<ulink url=\"&url-list-subscribe;\">debian-user メーリング" "リスト</ulink>に連絡してみてください。</phrase> <phrase arch=\"not-" diff --git a/po/ja/hardware.po b/po/ja/hardware.po index 8f968fc6c..58f7221bb 100644 --- a/po/ja/hardware.po +++ b/po/ja/hardware.po @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2010-10-29 05:56+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-03 14:34+0900\n" -"Last-Translator: KURASAWA Nozomu <nabetaro@debian.or.jp>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-29 21:16+0900\n" +"Last-Translator: KURASAWA Nozomu <nabetaro@caldron.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -452,18 +452,20 @@ msgstr "tape" #, no-c-format msgid "&debian; GNU/kFreeBSD &release; supports two architectures." msgstr "" +"&debian; GNU/kFreeBSD &release; はふたつのアーキテクチャをサポートしていま" +"す。" #. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:186 #, no-c-format msgid "kfreebsd-i386" -msgstr "" +msgstr "kfreebsd-i386" #. Tag: entry #: hardware.xml:191 #, no-c-format msgid "kfreebsd-amd64" -msgstr "" +msgstr "kfreebsd-amd64" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:196 diff --git a/po/ja/install-methods.po b/po/ja/install-methods.po index 0c848b3d1..49155e017 100644 --- a/po/ja/install-methods.po +++ b/po/ja/install-methods.po @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2010-10-29 05:56+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-03 14:35+0900\n" -"Last-Translator: KURASAWA Nozomu <nabetaro@debian.or.jp>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-29 21:44+0900\n" +"Last-Translator: KURASAWA Nozomu <nabetaro@caldron.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -851,6 +851,15 @@ msgid "" "two partitions should now be visible on it. You should mount the second of " "the two partitions, and unpack the firmware onto it." msgstr "" +"例えば、既存の GNU/Linux システムを用いる場合、<filename>mini.iso</filename> " +"ファイルを以下のようにして USB メモリに書き込めます。" +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"# cat mini.iso > /dev/<replaceable>sdX</replaceable>\n" +"# sync\n" +"</screen></informalexample>必要なファームウェアを USB メモリに追加する際も同" +"じ方法です。詳細は <xref linkend=\"loading-firmware\"/> をご覧ください。USB " +"メモリを抜き挿しすると、パーティションがふたつ見えるはずです。2 番目のパー" +"ティションをマウントし、ファームウェアをそこに展開してください。" #. Tag: screen #: install-methods.xml:582 @@ -862,6 +871,11 @@ msgid "" "# cd /\n" "# umount" msgstr "" +"# mount /dev/<replaceable>sdX2</replaceable> /mnt\n" +"# cd /mnt\n" +"# tar zxvf <replaceable>/path/to/</replaceable>firmware.tar.gz\n" +"# cd /\n" +"# umount" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:584 @@ -1516,18 +1530,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:990 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Hard disk installer booting using <command>LILO</command> or " #| "<command>GRUB</command>" msgid "Hard disk installer booting using <command>loadlin</command>" msgstr "" -"<command>LILO</command> や <command>GRUB</command> を使用したハードディスクか" -"らのインストーラの起動" +"<command>loadlin</command> を使用したハードディスクからのインストーラの起動" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:991 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "This section explains how to add to or even replace an existing linux " #| "installation using either <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</" @@ -1536,12 +1549,12 @@ msgid "" "This section explains how to prepare your hard drive for booting the " "installer from DOS using <command>loadlin</command>." msgstr "" -"本節では、<command>LILO</command> や <command>GRUB</command> のどちらかを使用" -"して、linux を追加したり、 既存の linux を交換する方法について説明します。" +"この節では、<command>loadlin</command> を使用して、DOS からインストーラを起動" +"するようハードディスクを準備する方法を説明します。" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:996 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Copy the following files from the Debian archives to a convenient " #| "location on your hard drive, for instance to <filename>/boot/newinstall/</" @@ -1550,23 +1563,25 @@ msgid "" "Copy the following directories from a &debian; CD image to <filename>c:\\</" "filename>." msgstr "" -"以下のファイルを、 &debian; アーカイブからあなたのハードディスクの適当な場所 " -"(例 <filename>/boot/newinstall/</filename>) にコピーしてください。" +"以下のディレクトリを、 &debian; CD イメージから <filename>c:\\</filename> に" +"コピーしてください。" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1001 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#, no-c-format #| msgid "<filename>initrd.gz</filename> (initial ramdisk image)" msgid "" "<filename>/&x86-install-dir;</filename> (kernel binary and ramdisk image)" -msgstr "<filename>initrd.gz</filename> (初期 RAM ディスクイメージ)" +msgstr "" +"<filename>/&x86-install-dir;</filename> (カーネルバイナリと RAM ディスクイ" +"メージ)" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1006 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#, no-c-format #| msgid "<filename>boot.msg</filename> (optional boot message)" msgid "<filename>/tools</filename> (loadlin tool)" -msgstr "<filename>boot.msg</filename> (追加起動メッセージ)" +msgstr "<filename>/tools</filename> (loadlin ツール)" #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:1019 @@ -2190,15 +2205,15 @@ msgid "" "to serve images from. However, &debian-gnu; packages may use other " "directories to comply with the <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem " "Hierarchy Standard</ulink>. For example, <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> by " -"default uses <filename>/srv/tftp</filename>. You may have to adjust " -"the configuration examples in this section accordingly." +"default uses <filename>/srv/tftp</filename>. You may have to adjust the " +"configuration examples in this section accordingly." msgstr "" "歴史的に TFTP サーバは、 イメージを提供するディレクトリに <filename>/" "tftpboot</filename> を使用します。 しかし &debian-gnu; のパッケージでは、 " "<ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</ulink> を満たす" "別のディレクトリを使用する可能性があります。 例えば、<classname>tftpd-hpa</" -"classname> では <filename>/srv/tftp</filename> をデフォルトで使用しま" -"す。 必要に応じて、本節の設定例を調整してください。" +"classname> では <filename>/srv/tftp</filename> をデフォルトで使用します。 必" +"要に応じて、本節の設定例を調整してください。" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1350 diff --git a/po/ja/installation-howto.po b/po/ja/installation-howto.po index 9f4dc1c44..d4afde0a0 100644 --- a/po/ja/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/ja/installation-howto.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-10-10 12:35+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-12-29 12:07+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-03 14:38+0900\n" "Last-Translator: KURASAWA Nozomu <nabetaro@debian.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ msgstr "" "一部のインストール方法では、CD イメージ以外のイメージを必要とします。<phrase " "condition=\"unofficial-build\"> <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; ホームページ</" "ulink>には、他のイメージへのリンクがあります。</phrase> <xref linkend=" -"\"where-files\"/>は、&debian; ミラーサイトでイメージを探す方法について説明して" -"います。" +"\"where-files\"/>は、&debian; ミラーサイトでイメージを探す方法について説明し" +"ています。" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:57 @@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ msgid "" "&debian;. You need the <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename>, the " "<filename>floppy/root.img</filename> and one or more of the driver disks." msgstr "" -"CD から起動できない場合は、ダウンロードしたフロッピーイメージで &debian; をイン" -"ストールできます。<filename>floppy/boot.img</filename> と <filename>floppy/" +"CD から起動できない場合は、ダウンロードしたフロッピーイメージで &debian; をイ" +"ンストールできます。<filename>floppy/boot.img</filename> と <filename>floppy/" "root.img</filename>、そしてたぶん 1 枚か数枚のドライバディスクを必要としま" "す。" @@ -266,8 +266,8 @@ msgstr "" "ジを抽出することです。そのイメージを USB メモリ (少なくとも 256MB のサイズが" "必要です) に直接書き込んでください。もちろんこれは、USB メモリ上のすでにある" "何もかもを破壊してしまいます。それから、今ではもう FAT ファイルシステムのあ" -"る USB メモリをマウントしてください。次に、&debian; netinst CD イメージをダウン" -"ロードして、USB メモリにそのファイルをコピーしてください。ファイル名が " +"る USB メモリをマウントしてください。次に、&debian; netinst CD イメージをダウ" +"ンロードして、USB メモリにそのファイルをコピーしてください。ファイル名が " "<literal>.iso</literal> で終わりさえすれば、どんなファイル名でも大丈夫です。" #. Tag: para @@ -327,21 +327,28 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:178 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The easiest thing to set up is probably PXE netbooting. Untar the file " +#| "<filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> into <filename>/var/lib/" +#| "tftpboot</filename> or wherever is appropriate for your tftp server. Set " +#| "up your DHCP server to pass filename <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to " +#| "clients, and with luck everything will just work. For detailed " +#| "instructions, see <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." msgid "" "The easiest thing to set up is probably PXE netbooting. Untar the file " -"<filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> into <filename>/var/lib/" -"tftpboot</filename> or wherever is appropriate for your tftp server. Set up " -"your DHCP server to pass filename <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to " -"clients, and with luck everything will just work. For detailed instructions, " -"see <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." +"<filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> into <filename>/srv/tftp</" +"filename> or wherever is appropriate for your tftp server. Set up your DHCP " +"server to pass filename <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to clients, and " +"with luck everything will just work. For detailed instructions, see <xref " +"linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." msgstr "" "設定するのに最も容易なのは、おそらく PXE netbooting です。<filename>netboot/" -"pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> ファイルを <filename>/srv/tftp</filename> " -"の中か、あるいは tftp サーバの適切な場所ならどこにでも解凍してください。DHCP " -"サーバを設定して、クライアントへファイル名 <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> " -"を渡してください。運がよければすべてがうまく動作するでしょう。詳細な説明に関" -"しては、<xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>をご覧ください。" +"pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> ファイルを <filename>/srv/tftp</filename> の中か、" +"あるいは tftp サーバの適切な場所ならどこにでも解凍してください。DHCP サーバを" +"設定して、クライアントへファイル名 <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> を渡して" +"ください。運がよければすべてがうまく動作するでしょう。詳細な説明に関しては、" +"<xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>をご覧ください。" #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:192 @@ -365,11 +372,11 @@ msgstr "" "リムーバブルメディアを使用せずに、単に既存のハードディスク (そこに異なる OS " "があっても 構いません) を使ってインストーラを起動することができます。" "<filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>、<filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</" -"filename> および &debian; CD イメージをハードディスクの一番上のディレクトリにダ" -"ウンロードしてください。CD イメージのファイル名が <literal>.iso</literal> で" -"終わっていることを確かめてください。それは initrd を備えた linux の起動にかか" -"わる問題です。<phrase arch=\"x86\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/>では、その" -"方法を説明しています。</phrase>" +"filename> および &debian; CD イメージをハードディスクの一番上のディレクトリに" +"ダウンロードしてください。CD イメージのファイル名が <literal>.iso</literal> " +"で終わっていることを確かめてください。それは initrd を備えた linux の起動にか" +"かわる問題です。<phrase arch=\"x86\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/>では、そ" +"の方法を説明しています。</phrase>" #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:210 @@ -477,10 +484,10 @@ msgid "" "partition and specify its new size." msgstr "" "失いたくない既存の DOS か Windows パーティションがあるなら、パーティションの" -"自動分割には充分に注意してください。手動分割を選択すれば、&debian; をインストー" -"ルする場所を作るために既存の FAT あるいは NTFS パーティションをサイズ変更する" -"ようにインストーラが使えます。単にパーティションを選択して、新しいサイズを指" -"定してください。" +"自動分割には充分に注意してください。手動分割を選択すれば、&debian; をインス" +"トールする場所を作るために既存の FAT あるいは NTFS パーティションをサイズ変更" +"するようにインストーラが使えます。単にパーティションを選択して、新しいサイズ" +"を指定してください。" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:263 @@ -648,6 +655,6 @@ msgid "" "We hope that your &debian; installation is pleasant and that you find " "&debian; useful. You might want to read <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>." msgstr "" -"&debian; のインストールが快適であり、&debian; が役に立つことに気づいていただけれ" -"ばと思います。<xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>を読みたいと思ったかもしれませ" -"ん。" +"&debian; のインストールが快適であり、&debian; が役に立つことに気づいていただ" +"ければと思います。<xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>を読みたいと思ったかもしれ" +"ません。" diff --git a/po/ja/partitioning.po b/po/ja/partitioning.po index b4a323b59..73850fcb9 100644 --- a/po/ja/partitioning.po +++ b/po/ja/partitioning.po @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-10-10 12:35+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-03 14:39+0900\n" -"Last-Translator: KURASAWA Nozomu <nabetaro@debian.or.jp>\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-12-29 12:07+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-29 21:48+0900\n" +"Last-Translator: KURASAWA Nozomu <nabetaro@caldron.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -136,8 +136,8 @@ msgstr "" "home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</ulink> に従っています。この規格を用い" "ると、ユーザやプログラムは、ファイルやディレクトリの場所を予想しやすくなりま" "す。根っこ (ルート = root) にあるディレクトリは、単にスラッシュ <filename>/</" -"filename> で表されます。ルートのレベルには、&debian; システムでは必ず以下のよう" -"なディレクトリが含まれます。" +"filename> で表されます。ルートのレベルには、&debian; システムでは必ず以下のよ" +"うなディレクトリが含まれます。" #. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:82 @@ -427,13 +427,13 @@ msgstr "" "ベース、パッケージングシステムのキャッシュなど、様々な可変データがこのディレ" "クトリに収められます。このディレクトリの容量はシステムの利用方法に大きく左右" "されますが、たいていの場合はパッケージ管理ツールの使う分が最も大きな影響を持" -"つことになるでしょう。&debian; が提供するものすべてをいっぺんにフルインストール" -"する場合でも、<filename>/var</filename> には 2–3GB ほどの容量を割り当て" -"ておけば足りるはずです。一度にすべてをインストールせず、部分部分を徐々に (例" -"えば、まずサービスやユーティリティを、次にコンソール用のもの、次に X 用のも" -"の…というように) インストールするなら、300–500MB の空き容量があれば良い" -"でしょう。ハードディスクの空き容量が貴重で、メジャーアップデートをする予定が" -"ないならば、30–40MB ほどでもなんとかやっていけるでしょう。" +"つことになるでしょう。&debian; が提供するものすべてをいっぺんにフルインストー" +"ルする場合でも、<filename>/var</filename> には 2–3GB ほどの容量を割り当" +"てておけば足りるはずです。一度にすべてをインストールせず、部分部分を徐々に " +"(例えば、まずサービスやユーティリティを、次にコンソール用のもの、次に X 用の" +"もの…というように) インストールするなら、300–500MB の空き容量があれば良" +"いでしょう。ハードディスクの空き容量が貴重で、メジャーアップデートをする予定" +"がないならば、30–40MB ほどでもなんとかやっていけるでしょう。" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:190 @@ -491,8 +491,8 @@ msgid "" "periodic file system integrity checking, and this can cause delays during " "booting when the partition is large." msgstr "" -"新規ユーザや &debian; マシンを個人で使う人、家庭で使うシステム、その他ユーザ 1 " -"人で使うようなマシンには、<filename>/</filename> パーティション 1 つ (とス" +"新規ユーザや &debian; マシンを個人で使う人、家庭で使うシステム、その他ユーザ " +"1 人で使うようなマシンには、<filename>/</filename> パーティション 1 つ (とス" "ワップ) で済ますのが、恐らくもっとも簡単で素直なやり方でしょう。しかし、パー" "ティションがおよそ 6GB より大きいサイズなら、パーティションタイプに ext3 を選" "んでください。ext2 パーティションは定期的にファイルシステムの整合性のチェック" @@ -570,22 +570,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:268 #, no-c-format -msgid "" -"On 32-bit architectures (i386, m68k, 32-bit SPARC, and PowerPC), the maximum " -"size of a swap partition is 2GB. That should be enough for nearly any " -"installation. However, if your swap requirements are this high, you should " -"probably try to spread the swap across different disks (also called " -"<quote>spindles</quote>) and, if possible, different SCSI or IDE channels. " -"The kernel will balance swap usage between multiple swap partitions, giving " -"better performance." -msgstr "" -"32-bit のアーキテクチャ (i386、m68k、32-bit SPARC、PowerPC) におけるスワップ" -"パーティションの最大サイズは 2GB です。これはほとんどの場合において充分な大き" -"さであるはずです。しかし、もしこれ以上の大きさのスワップ領域が必要なら、別の" -"ディスク (あるいは<quote>スピンドル</quote>) にスワップ領域を分散したり、また" -"可能ならば、SCSI や IDE の別々のチャンネルにスワップ領域を分散したりするよう" -"試みるべきでしょう。このようにすると、カーネルは複数のスワップ領域をバランス" -"良く使おうとするので性能が向上します。" +#| msgid "" +#| "On 32-bit architectures (i386, m68k, 32-bit SPARC, and PowerPC), the " +#| "maximum size of a swap partition is 2GB. That should be enough for nearly " +#| "any installation. However, if your swap requirements are this high, you " +#| "should probably try to spread the swap across different disks (also " +#| "called <quote>spindles</quote>) and, if possible, different SCSI or IDE " +#| "channels. The kernel will balance swap usage between multiple swap " +#| "partitions, giving better performance." +msgid "" +"On some 32-bit architectures (m68k and PowerPC), the maximum size of a swap " +"partition is 2GB. That should be enough for nearly any installation. " +"However, if your swap requirements are this high, you should probably try to " +"spread the swap across different disks (also called <quote>spindles</quote>) " +"and, if possible, different SCSI or IDE channels. The kernel will balance " +"swap usage between multiple swap partitions, giving better performance." +msgstr "" +"いくつかの 32-bit アーキテクチャ (m68k・PowerPC) では、スワップパーティション" +"の最大サイズは 2GB です。これはほとんどの場合において充分な大きさであるはずで" +"す。しかし、もしこれ以上の大きさのスワップ領域が必要なら、別のディスク (ある" +"いは<quote>スピンドル</quote>) にスワップ領域を分散したり、また可能ならば、" +"SCSI や IDE の別々のチャンネルにスワップ領域を分散するよう試してください。こ" +"のようにすると、カーネルは複数のスワップ領域をバランス良く使おうとするので性" +"能が向上します。" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:278 @@ -836,9 +843,10 @@ msgid "" "architectures. Following is a list of the program(s) applicable for your " "architecture." msgstr "" -"いろいろな種類のパーティション分割ツールが &debian; 開発者によって組み込まれ、 " -"様々な形式のハードディスクやコンピュータアーキテクチャで 動作するようになって" -"います。 以下に、それらのアーキテクチャで使えるプログラムのリストを示します。" +"いろいろな種類のパーティション分割ツールが &debian; 開発者によって組み込ま" +"れ、 様々な形式のハードディスクやコンピュータアーキテクチャで 動作するように" +"なっています。 以下に、それらのアーキテクチャで使えるプログラムのリストを示し" +"ます。" #. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:448 @@ -1074,13 +1082,13 @@ msgid "" "option <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> and then simply select an existing " "partition and change its size." msgstr "" -"DOS または Windows のような他の既存のオペレーティングシステムがあり、&debian; " -"をインストールする際にそのオペレーティングシステムを失わないようにしたけれ" -"ば、 &debian; をインストールするスペースを解放するためにパーティションサイズを" -"変更 する必要があるでしょう。インストーラは、FAT および NTFS ファイルシステム" -"の両方の サイズ変更をサポートしています。インストーラのパーティション分割のス" -"テップになり、 <guimenuitem>手動</guimenuitem> オプションを選択した場合は、 " -"単に既存のパーティションを選択し、サイズを変更してください。" +"DOS または Windows のような他の既存のオペレーティングシステムがあり、" +"&debian; をインストールする際にそのオペレーティングシステムを失わないようにし" +"たければ、 &debian; をインストールするスペースを解放するためにパーティション" +"サイズを変更 する必要があるでしょう。インストーラは、FAT および NTFS ファイル" +"システムの両方の サイズ変更をサポートしています。インストーラのパーティション" +"分割のステップになり、 <guimenuitem>手動</guimenuitem> オプションを選択した場" +"合は、 単に既存のパーティションを選択し、サイズを変更してください。" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:601 @@ -1178,8 +1186,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "1995〜98 年あたり (メーカーによって異なります) 以降に製造され、 " "<quote>Enhanced Disk Drive Support Specification</quote> をサポートしている " -"BIOS には、この制限は当てはまりません。 Lilo (Linux ローダ) と &debian; の代替" -"ローダ <command>mbr</command> は、カーネルをディスクから RAM に読み込む際" +"BIOS には、この制限は当てはまりません。 Lilo (Linux ローダ) と &debian; の代" +"替ローダ <command>mbr</command> は、カーネルをディスクから RAM に読み込む際" "に、 いずれも BIOS を利用しなければなりません。 BIOS の int 0x13 ラージディス" "クアクセス拡張が利用できるなら そちらが利用されますが、 できない場合は旧式の" "アクセスインターフェースが利用されます。 そして後者では 1023 シリンダまでしか" diff --git a/po/ja/post-install.po b/po/ja/post-install.po index 6ee2907dd..a98ea26fb 100644 --- a/po/ja/post-install.po +++ b/po/ja/post-install.po @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2010-10-10 12:35+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-03 14:40+0900\n" -"Last-Translator: KURASAWA Nozomu <nabetaro@debian.or.jp>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-29 22:00+0900\n" +"Last-Translator: KURASAWA Nozomu <nabetaro@caldron.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -109,8 +109,8 @@ msgstr "" "ともできます。<classname>doc-linux-html</classname> パッケージ (HTML 版) か " "<classname>doc-linux-text</classname> パッケージ (テキスト版) をインストール" "してから、<filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO</filename> ディレクトリを覗いてみて" -"ください。また各国語版の LDP HOWTO も &debian; のパッケージとしてご利用いただけ" -"ます。" +"ください。また各国語版の LDP HOWTO も &debian; のパッケージとしてご利用いただ" +"けます。" #. Tag: title #: post-install.xml:76 @@ -132,9 +132,9 @@ msgstr "" "&debian; は他のディストリビューションとは少々異なっています。他のディストリ" "ビューションで Linux に精通された方でも、システムを整然とした状態に保つために" "は、&debian; について知っておかなくてはならないことがあります。この章では " -"&debian; に慣れる手助けとなる資料を紹介します。&debian; の使い方を逐一説明するこ" -"とは意図していません。すごく急いでいる人にシステムをざっとつかんでもらうだけ" -"のものです。" +"&debian; に慣れる手助けとなる資料を紹介します。&debian; の使い方を逐一説明す" +"ることは意図していません。すごく急いでいる人にシステムをざっとつかんでもらう" +"だけのものです。" #. Tag: title #: post-install.xml:88 @@ -161,10 +161,10 @@ msgid "" "around this by putting packages on <quote>hold</quote> in <command>aptitude</" "command>." msgstr "" -"まず理解すべき最も重要な考え方に、&debian; のパッケージングシステムがあります。" -"基本的に、システムの大部分はパッケージングシステムの管理下にあると考えられて" -"います。このパッケージングシステムによって管理されるディレクトリには、以下の" -"ディレクトリが含まれています。<itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>/" +"まず理解すべき最も重要な考え方に、&debian; のパッケージングシステムがありま" +"す。基本的に、システムの大部分はパッケージングシステムの管理下にあると考えら" +"れています。このパッケージングシステムによって管理されるディレクトリには、以" +"下のディレクトリが含まれています。<itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>/" "usr</filename> (<filename>/usr/local</filename> を除く) </para></listitem> " "<listitem><para> <filename>/var</filename> (<filename>/var/local</filename> " "を作成し、それ以下のディレクトリを自由に使うことは可能です) </para></" @@ -322,13 +322,13 @@ msgstr "" "debian.org/doc/FAQ/\">Debian GNU/Linux FAQ</ulink> と <ulink url=\"http://" "www.debian.org/doc/user-manuals#quick-reference\">Debian リファレンス</" "ulink> をご覧ください。<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/ddp\">Debian ド" -"キュメンテーションプロジェクト</ulink> には、&debian; ドキュメンテーションに関" -"するより多くのインデックスが用意されています。&debian; のコミュニティでは、ユー" -"ザがお互いにサポートを行っています。&debian; のメーリングリストを購読するには " -"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/MailingLists/subscribe\"> メーリングリスト" -"の購読</ulink>ページをご覧ください。大事なことを言い忘れましたが、<ulink url=" -"\"http://lists.debian.org/\">Debian メーリングリストアーカイブ</ulink>には " -"&debian; に関する豊富な情報が含まれています。" +"キュメンテーションプロジェクト</ulink> には、&debian; ドキュメンテーションに" +"関するより多くのインデックスが用意されています。&debian; のコミュニティでは、" +"ユーザがお互いにサポートを行っています。&debian; のメーリングリストを購読する" +"には <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/MailingLists/subscribe\"> メーリング" +"リストの購読</ulink>ページをご覧ください。大事なことを言い忘れましたが、" +"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/\">Debian メーリングリストアーカイブ</" +"ulink>には &debian; に関する豊富な情報が含まれています。" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:222 @@ -360,8 +360,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "今日では、電子メールは多くの人々にとって生活の重要な一部になっています。電子" "メールを使えるように設定するまでには、たくさんの選択肢があり、さらに電子メー" -"ルが正確に設定されていることが重要になる &debian; ユーティリティ があります。本" -"節では、基本的なことのみ説明します。" +"ルが正確に設定されていることが重要になる &debian; ユーティリティ があります。" +"本節では、基本的なことのみ説明します。" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:246 @@ -514,9 +514,9 @@ msgid "" "e-mail local to the system, not for sending mail to others nor for receiving " "mail from others." msgstr "" -"先に述べたように、インストールした &debian; システムは、システム内のローカルな " -"電子メールを処理するようにだけ設定され、他人にメールを送ったり、他人からメー" -"ルを受け取ったりするようには設定されません。" +"先に述べたように、インストールした &debian; システムは、システム内のローカル" +"な 電子メールを処理するようにだけ設定され、他人にメールを送ったり、他人から" +"メールを受け取ったりするようには設定されません。" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:341 @@ -787,12 +787,12 @@ msgid "" "corresponds to your hardware. However, it can be useful to compile a new " "kernel in order to:" msgstr "" -"新しいカーネルをコンパイルしようとする動機はなんでしょう? &debian; では、標準で" -"入っているカーネルで多くの機能をサポートしているので、ほとんどその必要はあり" -"ません。また、&debian; は多くの場合、いくつかの代替カーネルを提供しています。で" -"すからおそらく、もっと自分のハードウェアに対応する代わりのカーネルイメージ" -"パッケージがあるかどうかをまず確認したいと思うでしょう。しかし、以下のような" -"目的のためには、新しいカーネルをコンパイルすることは有益です。" +"新しいカーネルをコンパイルしようとする動機はなんでしょう? &debian; では、標準" +"で入っているカーネルで多くの機能をサポートしているので、ほとんどその必要はあ" +"りません。また、&debian; は多くの場合、いくつかの代替カーネルを提供していま" +"す。ですからおそらく、もっと自分のハードウェアに対応する代わりのカーネルイ" +"メージパッケージがあるかどうかをまず確認したいと思うでしょう。しかし、以下の" +"ような目的のためには、新しいカーネルをコンパイルすることは有益です。" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:511 @@ -893,9 +893,9 @@ msgid "" "classname>, yet still use the <classname>kernel-package</classname> " "compilation method." msgstr "" -"必ずしも「&debian; 流」にカーネルをコンパイルする必要は <emphasis>ありません</" -"emphasis>。しかし、カーネルの管理にもパッケージングシステムを用いるほうが、実" -"際に安全で簡単です。実は <classname>linux-source-2.6</classname> ではなく、" +"必ずしも「&debian; 流」にカーネルをコンパイルする必要は <emphasis>ありません" +"</emphasis>。しかし、カーネルの管理にもパッケージングシステムを用いるほうが、" +"実際に安全で簡単です。実は <classname>linux-source-2.6</classname> ではなく、" "Linus が配付しているカーネルソースをそのまま利用することもできますが、その場" "合でも <classname>kernel-package</classname> を用いてコンパイルしてください。" @@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:710 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "If possible, the installer will now present you with a shell prompt in " #| "the file system you selected, which you can use to perform any necessary " @@ -1138,11 +1138,11 @@ msgid "" "could enter the command <userinput>grub-install '(hd0)'</userinput> to do " "so. </phrase>" msgstr "" -"可能であれば次にインストーラは、選択したファイルシステムにおける、どんな必要" -"な修復を実行するためにも使えるシェルプロンプトを提供します。<phrase arch=" -"\"x86\">たとえば、1 番目のハードディスクのマスターブートレコードに GRUB ブー" -"トローダを再インストールする必要があれば、<userinput>grub-install '(hd0)'</" -"userinput> と入力してください。</phrase>" +"可能であれば、インストーラは、選択したファイルシステムにおける、必要な修復を" +"実行するために使えるシェルプロンプトを提供するようになっています。<phrase " +"arch=\"x86\">たとえば、1 番目のハードディスクのマスターブートレコードに GRUB " +"ブートローダを再インストールする必要があれば、<userinput>grub-install " +"'(hd0)'</userinput> と入力してください。</phrase>" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:722 diff --git a/po/ja/preface.po b/po/ja/preface.po index a266b2945..eb2f94940 100644 --- a/po/ja/preface.po +++ b/po/ja/preface.po @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ msgid "" "world, integrating it into a coherent whole. We believe that you will find " "that the result is truly more than the sum of the parts." msgstr "" -"&debian; を試していただきありがとうございます。&debian; の GNU/&arch-kernel; ディ" -"ストリビューションは、他に類を見ないものであることを分かっていただけることで" -"しょう。&debian-gnu; は、世界中から質の高い「自由なソフトウェア」をよりすぐ" -"り、首尾一貫したディストリビューションとしてまとめあげられています。こうして" -"集められたものは、個々のソフトウェア以上の力を発揮することでしょう。" +"&debian; を試していただきありがとうございます。&debian; の GNU/&arch-kernel; " +"ディストリビューションは、他に類を見ないものであることを分かっていただけるこ" +"とでしょう。&debian-gnu; は、世界中から質の高い「自由なソフトウェア」をよりす" +"ぐり、首尾一貫したディストリビューションとしてまとめあげられています。こうし" +"て集められたものは、個々のソフトウェア以上の力を発揮することでしょう。" #. Tag: para #: preface.xml:15 @@ -48,10 +48,10 @@ msgid "" "for when things go wrong. The Installation Howto can be found in <xref " "linkend=\"installation-howto\"/>." msgstr "" -"多くの方は、このマニュアルを読まずに &debian; をインストールしたいと思っている" -"ことでしょう。また、それが可能なように &debian; インストーラは設計されていま" -"す。インストールガイド全体を読む時間がなければ、インストール Howto (基本的な" -"インストールプロセスをご案内します) と、追加情報やうまくいかないときのため" +"多くの方は、このマニュアルを読まずに &debian; をインストールしたいと思ってい" +"ることでしょう。また、それが可能なように &debian; インストーラは設計されてい" +"ます。インストールガイド全体を読む時間がなければ、インストール Howto (基本的" +"なインストールプロセスをご案内します) と、追加情報やうまくいかないときのため" "の、マニュアルへのリンクを読むことをお勧めします。インストール Howto は、" "<xref linkend=\"installation-howto\"/> にあります。" diff --git a/po/ja/preparing.po b/po/ja/preparing.po index 7a2693d72..42cb74392 100644 --- a/po/ja/preparing.po +++ b/po/ja/preparing.po @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2010-10-29 05:56+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-03 14:43+0900\n" -"Last-Translator: KURASAWA Nozomu <nabetaro@debian.or.jp>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-29 23:38+0900\n" +"Last-Translator: KURASAWA Nozomu <nabetaro@caldron.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -1062,10 +1062,10 @@ msgstr "デスクトップあり" #. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:681 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#, no-c-format #| msgid "512 megabytes" msgid "128 megabytes" -msgstr "512 メガバイト" +msgstr "128 メガバイト" #. Tag: entry #: preparing.xml:682 diff --git a/po/ja/preseed.po b/po/ja/preseed.po index d96b93ba1..3713c3642 100644 --- a/po/ja/preseed.po +++ b/po/ja/preseed.po @@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-10-29 05:56+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-26 10:11+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-12-29 12:07+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-29 23:36+0900\n" "Last-Translator: KURASAWA Nozomu <nabetaro@caldron.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:252 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "For the other preseeding methods you need to tell the installer what file " #| "to use when you boot it. This is normally done by passing the kernel a " @@ -340,9 +340,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "他の preseed 方法では、起動時にどのファイルを読み込むか、インストーラに指定す" "る必要があります。通常、カーネルのブートパラメータで渡して行います。これは起" -"動時に手動で与えるか、ブートローダ設定ファイル (例: <filename>syslinux.cfg</" -"filename>) を編集し、カーネルへの append 行の最後にパラメータを追加して与えま" -"す。" +"動時に手動で与えるか、ブートローダ設定ファイル <phrase arch=\"linux-any\">" +"(例: <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>) を編集し、カーネルへの append 行の最" +"後にパラメータを追加します。</phrase><phrase arch=\"kfreebsd-any\">(例: " +"<filename>grub.cfg</filename>) を編集し、カーネルへの 新しい <literal>set</" +"literal> 行としてパラメータを追加します。</phrase><phrase arch=\"hurd-any\">" +"(例: <filename>grub.cfg</filename>) を編集し、<filename>gnumach.gz</" +"filename> 行の最後にパラメータを追加します。</phrase>" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:265 @@ -1249,14 +1253,22 @@ msgstr "" "(キーボードの選択やブートローダの選択など) は適切でないかもしれませんので、そ" "のアーキテクチャ用に適切な debconf 設定で置き換える必要があるでしょう。" +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:689 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Details on how the different Debian Installer components actually work can " +"be found in <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." +msgstr "" + #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:692 +#: preseed.xml:697 #, no-c-format msgid "Localization" msgstr "地域化" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:693 +#: preseed.xml:698 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setting localization values will only work if you are using initrd " @@ -1267,7 +1279,7 @@ msgstr "" "の方法では、この質問をされた後にしか事前設定ファイルを読み込めません。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:699 +#: preseed.xml:704 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The locale can be used to specify both language and country and can be any " @@ -1284,7 +1296,7 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable></userinput> としてください。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:708 +#: preseed.xml:713 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this method is very easy to use, it does not allow preseeding of " @@ -1305,7 +1317,7 @@ msgstr "" "ブートパラメータで指定できます。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:723 +#: preseed.xml:728 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Preseeding only locale sets language, country and locale.\n" @@ -1329,7 +1341,7 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i localechooser/supported-locales en_US.UTF-8, nl_NL.UTF-8" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:725 +#: preseed.xml:730 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboard configuration consists of selecting a keyboard architecture and a " @@ -1343,7 +1355,7 @@ msgstr "" "キーボードアーキテクチャ向けに、&d-i; で有効でなくてはなりません。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:732 +#: preseed.xml:737 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Keyboard selection.\n" @@ -1359,7 +1371,7 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i console-keymaps-usb/keymap select mac-usb-us" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:734 +#: preseed.xml:739 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To skip keyboard configuration, preseed <classname>console-tools/archs</" @@ -1371,7 +1383,7 @@ msgstr "" "カーネルのキーマップが有効になったままとなります。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:743 +#: preseed.xml:748 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The changes in the input layer for 2.6 kernels have made the keyboard " @@ -1383,13 +1395,13 @@ msgstr "" "キーマップが既に選択されています。" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:753 +#: preseed.xml:758 #, no-c-format msgid "Network configuration" msgstr "ネットワーク設定" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:754 +#: preseed.xml:759 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Of course, preseeding the network configuration won't work if you're loading " @@ -1404,7 +1416,7 @@ msgstr "" "タは、カーネルブートパラメータで渡すことになります。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:762 +#: preseed.xml:767 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you need to pick a particular interface when netbooting before loading a " @@ -1416,7 +1428,7 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable></userinput> のようにブートパラメータを使用してください。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:768 +#: preseed.xml:773 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although preseeding the network configuration is normally not possible when " @@ -1435,19 +1447,19 @@ msgstr "" "というものです。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:778 +#: preseed.xml:783 #, no-c-format msgid "killall.sh; netcfg" msgstr "killall.sh; netcfg" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:780 +#: preseed.xml:785 #, no-c-format msgid "The following debconf variables are relevant for network configuration." msgstr "以下の debconf 変数は、ネットワークの設定と関係があります。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:786 +#: preseed.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Disable network configuration entirely. This is useful for cdrom\n" @@ -1549,7 +1561,7 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i hw-detect/load_firmware boolean true" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:788 +#: preseed.xml:793 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that <command>netcfg</command> will automatically determine the " @@ -1570,13 +1582,13 @@ msgstr "" "できます。" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:804 +#: preseed.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "Network console" msgstr "ネットワークコンソール" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:806 +#: preseed.xml:811 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Use the following settings if you wish to make use of the network-console\n" @@ -1594,13 +1606,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i network-console/password-again password r00tme" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:811 +#: preseed.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "Mirror settings" msgstr "ミラーサイト設定" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:812 +#: preseed.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used to " @@ -1614,7 +1626,7 @@ msgstr "" "できます。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:819 +#: preseed.xml:824 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The parameter <classname>mirror/suite</classname> determines the suite for " @@ -1624,7 +1636,7 @@ msgstr "" "用の組を設定します。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:824 +#: preseed.xml:829 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The parameter <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> determines the suite " @@ -1641,7 +1653,7 @@ msgstr "" "トーラは、自動的に正しい値を設定しますので、設定する必要はありません。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:835 +#: preseed.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# If you select ftp, the mirror/country string does not need to be set.\n" @@ -1669,13 +1681,138 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i mirror/udeb/suite string testing" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:840 +#: preseed.xml:845 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Account setup" +msgstr "アカウント設定" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:846 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular " +"user's account can be preseeded. For the passwords you can use either clear " +"text values or MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"root アカウント用のパスワードや、最初のユーザアカウントの名前・パスワードは " +"preseed できます。パスワードには、平文か MD5 <emphasis>ハッシュ</emphasis>の" +"どちらかを使用できます。" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:853 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with " +"access to the preconfiguration file will have the knowledge of these " +"passwords. Using MD5 hashes is considered slightly better in terms of " +"security but it might also give a false sense of security as access to a MD5 " +"hash allows for brute force attacks." +msgstr "" +"preseed のパスワードは、パスワードを知っている事前設定ファイルが誰でもアクセ" +"スできるために、完全に安全というわけではないことを知っておいてください。MD5 " +"ハッシュを使えば、セキュリティ的には多少ましと言えますが、MD5 ハッシュは総当" +"たり攻撃にかけられることを考えると、セキュリティ的に誤解を与えるかもしれませ" +"ん。" + +#. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:863 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"# Skip creation of a root account (normal user account will be able to\n" +"# use sudo).\n" +"#d-i passwd/root-login boolean false\n" +"# Alternatively, to skip creation of a normal user account.\n" +"#d-i passwd/make-user boolean false\n" +"\n" +"# Root password, either in clear text\n" +"#d-i passwd/root-password password r00tme\n" +"#d-i passwd/root-password-again password r00tme\n" +"# or encrypted using an MD5 hash.\n" +"#d-i passwd/root-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]\n" +"\n" +"# To create a normal user account.\n" +"#d-i passwd/user-fullname string Debian User\n" +"#d-i passwd/username string debian\n" +"# Normal user's password, either in clear text\n" +"#d-i passwd/user-password password insecure\n" +"#d-i passwd/user-password-again password insecure\n" +"# or encrypted using an MD5 hash.\n" +"#d-i passwd/user-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]\n" +"# Create the first user with the specified UID instead of the default.\n" +"#d-i passwd/user-uid string 1010\n" +"\n" +"# The user account will be added to some standard initial groups. To\n" +"# override that, use this.\n" +"#d-i passwd/user-default-groups string audio cdrom video" +msgstr "" +"# Skip creation of a root account (normal user account will be able to\n" +"# use sudo).\n" +"#d-i passwd/root-login boolean false\n" +"# Alternatively, to skip creation of a normal user account.\n" +"#d-i passwd/make-user boolean false\n" +"\n" +"# Root password, either in clear text\n" +"#d-i passwd/root-password password r00tme\n" +"#d-i passwd/root-password-again password r00tme\n" +"# or encrypted using an MD5 hash.\n" +"#d-i passwd/root-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]\n" +"\n" +"# To create a normal user account.\n" +"#d-i passwd/user-fullname string Debian User\n" +"#d-i passwd/username string debian\n" +"# Normal user's password, either in clear text\n" +"#d-i passwd/user-password password insecure\n" +"#d-i passwd/user-password-again password insecure\n" +"# or encrypted using an MD5 hash.\n" +"#d-i passwd/user-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]\n" +"# Create the first user with the specified UID instead of the default.\n" +"#d-i passwd/user-uid string 1010\n" +"\n" +"# The user account will be added to some standard initial groups. To\n" +"# override that, use this.\n" +"#d-i passwd/user-default-groups string audio cdrom video" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:865 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and " +"<classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> variables can also be " +"preseeded with <quote>!</quote> as their value. In that case, the " +"corresponding account is disabled. This may be convenient for the root " +"account, provided of course that an alternative method is set up to allow " +"administrative activities or root login (for instance by using SSH key " +"authentication or <command>sudo</command>)." +msgstr "" +"<classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> 変数や <classname>passwd/" +"user-password-crypted</classname> 変数では、preseed で <quote>!</quote> とい" +"う値を取れます。この場合、そのアカウントは無効となります。もちろん管理権限で" +"の実行や root ログインを許可する代替手段 (例えば SSH キー認証や " +"<command>sudo</command>) を用意しておいた上で、root アカウントに設定すると便" +"利です。" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:875 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The following command can be used to generate an MD5 hash for a password:" +msgstr "" +"以下のコマンドを、パスワードの MD5 ハッシュを生成するのに利用できます。" + +#. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:879 +#, no-c-format +msgid "$ printf \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -m md5" +msgstr "$ printf \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -m md5" + +#. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:885 #, no-c-format msgid "Clock and time zone setup" msgstr "時計と時間帯の設定" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:842 +#: preseed.xml:887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" @@ -1703,13 +1840,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i clock-setup/ntp-server string ntp.example.com" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:847 +#: preseed.xml:892 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "パーティション分割" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:848 +#: preseed.xml:893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is limited to what is supported " @@ -1725,7 +1862,7 @@ msgstr "" "スタムレシピ、事前設定ファイルに書いたレシピから選択できます。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:856 +#: preseed.xml:901 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Preseeding of advanced partition setups using RAID, LVM and encryption is " @@ -1737,7 +1874,7 @@ msgstr "" "な、完全な柔軟性があるわけではありません。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:862 +#: preseed.xml:907 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The examples below only provide basic information on the use of recipes. For " @@ -1757,7 +1894,7 @@ msgstr "" "してください。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:876 +#: preseed.xml:921 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The identification of disks is dependent on the order in which their drivers " @@ -1769,13 +1906,13 @@ msgstr "" "なければなりません。" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:885 +#: preseed.xml:930 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning example" msgstr "パーティション分割の例" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:887 +#: preseed.xml:932 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that space.\n" @@ -1925,14 +2062,14 @@ msgstr "" "d-i partman/confirm_nooverwrite boolean true" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:891 +#: preseed.xml:936 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning using RAID" msgstr "RAID を用いたパーティション分割" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:892 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#: preseed.xml:937 +#, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "You can also use preseeding to set up partitions on software RAID arrays. " #| "Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 5, 6 and 10, creating degraded arrays and " @@ -1946,13 +2083,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "ソフトウェア RAID アレイにパーティションをセットアップすることも、preseed を" "使用してできます。サポートしているのは、RAID 0, 1, 5, 6, 10、や縮退アレイの作" -"成、スペアデバイスの指定です。RAID 1 を使用する際には、アレイで使用する全デバ" -"イスへインストールするよう、preseed で探せます。<xref linkend=\"preseed-" -"bootloader\"/> をご覧ください。" +"成、スペアデバイスの指定です。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:898 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#: preseed.xml:943 +#, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "You can also use preseeding to set up partitions on software RAID arrays. " #| "Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 5, 6 and 10, creating degraded arrays and " @@ -1963,14 +2098,11 @@ msgid "" "If you are using RAID 1, you can preseed grub to install to all devices used " "in the array; see <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootloader\"/>." msgstr "" -"ソフトウェア RAID アレイにパーティションをセットアップすることも、preseed を" -"使用してできます。サポートしているのは、RAID 0, 1, 5, 6, 10、や縮退アレイの作" -"成、スペアデバイスの指定です。RAID 1 を使用する際には、アレイで使用する全デバ" -"イスへインストールするよう、preseed で探せます。<xref linkend=\"preseed-" -"bootloader\"/> をご覧ください。" +"RAID 1 を使用する際には、アレイで使用する全デバイスへインストールするよう、" +"preseed で探せます。<xref linkend=\"preseed-bootloader\"/> をご覧ください。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:905 +#: preseed.xml:950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This type of automated partitioning is easy to get wrong. It is also " @@ -1986,7 +2118,7 @@ msgstr "" "い。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:915 +#: preseed.xml:960 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# The method should be set to \"raid\".\n" @@ -2090,13 +2222,13 @@ msgstr "" "d-i partman/confirm_nooverwrite boolean true" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:920 +#: preseed.xml:965 #, no-c-format msgid "Controlling how partitions are mounted" msgstr "パーティションマウント法の制御" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:921 +#: preseed.xml:966 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Normally, filesystems are mounted using a universally unique identifier " @@ -2114,7 +2246,7 @@ msgstr "" "マウントされます。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:930 +#: preseed.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Devices with stable names, such as LVM logical volumes, will continue to use " @@ -2124,7 +2256,7 @@ msgstr "" "され続けます。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:937 +#: preseed.xml:982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Traditional device names may change based on the order in which the kernel " @@ -2139,7 +2271,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。こうなってしまうと、起動時の挙動が不定になってしまいます。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:947 +#: preseed.xml:992 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# The default is to mount by UUID, but you can also choose \"traditional\" " @@ -2157,13 +2289,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i partman/mount_style select uuid" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:953 +#: preseed.xml:998 #, no-c-format msgid "Base system installation" msgstr "基本システムのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:954 +#: preseed.xml:999 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the " @@ -2174,7 +2306,7 @@ msgstr "" "カーネルのインストールに関するものだけです。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:961 +#: preseed.xml:1006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Configure APT to not install recommended packages by default. Use of this\n" @@ -2184,7 +2316,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 " "kernels.\n" -"#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string initramfs-tools\n" +"#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string initramfs-" +"tools\n" "\n" "# The kernel image (meta) package to be installed; \"none\" can be used if " "no\n" @@ -2198,7 +2331,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 " "kernels.\n" -"#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string initramfs-tools\n" +"#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string initramfs-" +"tools\n" "\n" "# The kernel image (meta) package to be installed; \"none\" can be used if " "no\n" @@ -2206,138 +2340,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/image string &kernelpackage;-2.6-486" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:966 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Account setup" -msgstr "アカウント設定" - -#. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:967 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular " -"user's account can be preseeded. For the passwords you can use either clear " -"text values or MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"root アカウント用のパスワードや、最初のユーザアカウントの名前・パスワードは " -"preseed できます。パスワードには、平文か MD5 <emphasis>ハッシュ</emphasis>の" -"どちらかを使用できます。" - -#. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:974 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with " -"access to the preconfiguration file will have the knowledge of these " -"passwords. Using MD5 hashes is considered slightly better in terms of " -"security but it might also give a false sense of security as access to a MD5 " -"hash allows for brute force attacks." -msgstr "" -"preseed のパスワードは、パスワードを知っている事前設定ファイルが誰でもアクセ" -"スできるために、完全に安全というわけではないことを知っておいてください。MD5 " -"ハッシュを使えば、セキュリティ的には多少ましと言えますが、MD5 ハッシュは総当" -"たり攻撃にかけられることを考えると、セキュリティ的に誤解を与えるかもしれませ" -"ん。" - -#. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:984 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"# Skip creation of a root account (normal user account will be able to\n" -"# use sudo).\n" -"#d-i passwd/root-login boolean false\n" -"# Alternatively, to skip creation of a normal user account.\n" -"#d-i passwd/make-user boolean false\n" -"\n" -"# Root password, either in clear text\n" -"#d-i passwd/root-password password r00tme\n" -"#d-i passwd/root-password-again password r00tme\n" -"# or encrypted using an MD5 hash.\n" -"#d-i passwd/root-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]\n" -"\n" -"# To create a normal user account.\n" -"#d-i passwd/user-fullname string Debian User\n" -"#d-i passwd/username string debian\n" -"# Normal user's password, either in clear text\n" -"#d-i passwd/user-password password insecure\n" -"#d-i passwd/user-password-again password insecure\n" -"# or encrypted using an MD5 hash.\n" -"#d-i passwd/user-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]\n" -"# Create the first user with the specified UID instead of the default.\n" -"#d-i passwd/user-uid string 1010\n" -"\n" -"# The user account will be added to some standard initial groups. To\n" -"# override that, use this.\n" -"#d-i passwd/user-default-groups string audio cdrom video" -msgstr "" -"# Skip creation of a root account (normal user account will be able to\n" -"# use sudo).\n" -"#d-i passwd/root-login boolean false\n" -"# Alternatively, to skip creation of a normal user account.\n" -"#d-i passwd/make-user boolean false\n" -"\n" -"# Root password, either in clear text\n" -"#d-i passwd/root-password password r00tme\n" -"#d-i passwd/root-password-again password r00tme\n" -"# or encrypted using an MD5 hash.\n" -"#d-i passwd/root-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]\n" -"\n" -"# To create a normal user account.\n" -"#d-i passwd/user-fullname string Debian User\n" -"#d-i passwd/username string debian\n" -"# Normal user's password, either in clear text\n" -"#d-i passwd/user-password password insecure\n" -"#d-i passwd/user-password-again password insecure\n" -"# or encrypted using an MD5 hash.\n" -"#d-i passwd/user-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]\n" -"# Create the first user with the specified UID instead of the default.\n" -"#d-i passwd/user-uid string 1010\n" -"\n" -"# The user account will be added to some standard initial groups. To\n" -"# override that, use this.\n" -"#d-i passwd/user-default-groups string audio cdrom video" - -#. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:986 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and " -"<classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> variables can also be " -"preseeded with <quote>!</quote> as their value. In that case, the " -"corresponding account is disabled. This may be convenient for the root " -"account, provided of course that an alternative method is set up to allow " -"administrative activities or root login (for instance by using SSH key " -"authentication or <command>sudo</command>)." -msgstr "" -"<classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> 変数や <classname>passwd/" -"user-password-crypted</classname> 変数では、preseed で <quote>!</quote> とい" -"う値を取れます。この場合、そのアカウントは無効となります。もちろん管理権限で" -"の実行や root ログインを許可する代替手段 (例えば SSH キー認証や " -"<command>sudo</command>) を用意しておいた上で、root アカウントに設定すると便" -"利です。" - -#. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:996 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"The following command can be used to generate an MD5 hash for a password:" -msgstr "" -"以下のコマンドを、パスワードの MD5 ハッシュを生成するのに利用できます。" - -#. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:1000 -#, no-c-format -msgid "$ printf \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -m md5" -msgstr "$ printf \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -m md5" - -#. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:1006 +#: preseed.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "Apt setup" msgstr "apt 設定" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:1007 +#: preseed.xml:1012 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic " @@ -2350,7 +2359,7 @@ msgstr "" "に、他の (ローカルな) リポジトリを追加できます。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:1015 +#: preseed.xml:1020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" @@ -2408,13 +2417,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i debian-installer/allow_unauthenticated boolean true" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:1020 +#: preseed.xml:1025 #, no-c-format msgid "Package selection" msgstr "パッケージ選択" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:1021 +#: preseed.xml:1026 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. " @@ -2424,73 +2433,73 @@ msgstr "" "スクを以下に書き出します。" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:1030 +#: preseed.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "standard" msgstr "standard" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:1033 +#: preseed.xml:1038 #, no-c-format msgid "desktop" msgstr "desktop" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:1036 +#: preseed.xml:1041 #, no-c-format msgid "gnome-desktop" msgstr "gnome-desktop" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:1039 +#: preseed.xml:1044 #, no-c-format msgid "kde-desktop" msgstr "kde-desktop" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:1042 +#: preseed.xml:1047 #, no-c-format msgid "web-server" msgstr "web-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:1045 +#: preseed.xml:1050 #, no-c-format msgid "print-server" msgstr "print-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:1048 +#: preseed.xml:1053 #, no-c-format msgid "dns-server" msgstr "dns-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:1051 +#: preseed.xml:1056 #, no-c-format msgid "file-server" msgstr "file-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:1054 +#: preseed.xml:1059 #, no-c-format msgid "mail-server" msgstr "mail-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:1057 +#: preseed.xml:1062 #, no-c-format msgid "sql-database" msgstr "sql-database" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:1060 +#: preseed.xml:1065 #, no-c-format msgid "laptop" msgstr "laptop" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:1064 +#: preseed.xml:1069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set " @@ -2502,7 +2511,7 @@ msgstr "" "クは常に含めるのをお勧めします。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:1070 +#: preseed.xml:1075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages " @@ -2517,7 +2526,7 @@ msgstr "" "で区切ったパッケージのリストを取れます。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:1080 +#: preseed.xml:1085 #, no-c-format msgid "" "#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, web-server\n" @@ -2555,14 +2564,14 @@ msgstr "" "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:1085 +#: preseed.xml:1090 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot loader installation" msgstr "ブートローダのインストール" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:1087 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#: preseed.xml:1092 +#, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" #| "# instead, uncomment this:\n" @@ -2655,12 +2664,16 @@ msgid "" "# Note: options passed to the installer will be added automatically.\n" "#d-i debian-installer/add-kernel-opts string nousb" msgstr "" -"# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" +"<phrase arch=\"linux-any\"># Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If " +"you want lilo installed\n" "# instead, uncomment this:\n" "#d-i grub-installer/skip boolean true\n" "# To also skip installing lilo, and install no bootloader, uncomment this\n" "# too:\n" -"#d-i lilo-installer/skip boolean true\n" +"#d-i lilo-installer/skip boolean true</phrase>\n" +"<phrase arch=\"kfreebsd-any;hurd-any\"># To install no bootloader, uncomment " +"this\n" +"#d-i grub-installer/skip boolean true</phrase>\n" "\n" "# With a few exceptions for unusual partitioning setups, GRUB 2 is now the\n" "# default. If you need GRUB Legacy for some particular reason, then\n" @@ -2684,6 +2697,8 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string (hd0,0)\n" "# To install grub to multiple disks:\n" "#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string (hd0,0) (hd1,0) (hd2,0)\n" +"# To install to a particular device:\n" +"#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string /dev/sda\n" "\n" "# Optional password for grub, either in clear text\n" "#d-i grub-installer/password password r00tme\n" @@ -2697,7 +2712,7 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i debian-installer/add-kernel-opts string nousb" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:1089 +#: preseed.xml:1094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "An MD5 hash for a password for <classname>grub</classname> can be generated " @@ -2709,13 +2724,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"preseed-account\"/> にあるコマンドを使用して生成します。" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:1099 +#: preseed.xml:1104 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing up the installation" msgstr "インストールの仕上げ" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:1101 +#: preseed.xml:1106 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# During installations from serial console, the regular virtual consoles\n" @@ -2755,13 +2770,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i debian-installer/exit/poweroff boolean true" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:1106 +#: preseed.xml:1111 #, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding other packages" msgstr "他パッケージの preseed" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:1108 +#: preseed.xml:1113 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" @@ -2781,19 +2796,19 @@ msgstr "" "# debconf-get-selections >> file" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:1115 +#: preseed.xml:1120 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "高度なオプション" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:1118 +#: preseed.xml:1123 #, no-c-format msgid "Running custom commands during the installation" msgstr "インストール中のカスタムコマンド実行" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:1119 +#: preseed.xml:1124 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A very powerful and flexible option offered by the preconfiguration tools is " @@ -2803,7 +2818,7 @@ msgstr "" "るといった、とても強力で柔軟なオプションが存在します。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:1127 +#: preseed.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" @@ -2851,13 +2866,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i preseed/late_command string apt-install zsh; in-target chsh -s /bin/zsh" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:1132 +#: preseed.xml:1137 #, no-c-format msgid "Using preseeding to change default values" msgstr "preseed を用いたデフォルト値変更" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:1133 +#: preseed.xml:1138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to use preseeding to change the default answer for a " @@ -2883,7 +2898,7 @@ msgstr "" "やデバッグにも便利です。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:1147 +#: preseed.xml:1152 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the <quote>d-i</quote> owner should only be used for variables " @@ -2897,7 +2912,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/> の脚注をご覧ください。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:1154 +#: preseed.xml:1159 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are preseeding using boot parameters, you can make the installer ask " @@ -2920,13 +2935,13 @@ msgstr "" "果を及ぼしません。" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:1168 +#: preseed.xml:1173 #, no-c-format msgid "Chainloading preconfiguration files" msgstr "事前設定ファイルのチェーンロード" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:1169 +#: preseed.xml:1174 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a " @@ -2941,7 +2956,7 @@ msgstr "" "確かな設定を指定するという使い方ができます。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:1179 +#: preseed.xml:1184 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# More than one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" @@ -2991,7 +3006,7 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i preseed/run string foo.sh" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:1181 +#: preseed.xml:1186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to chainload from the initrd or file preseeding phase, " diff --git a/po/ja/random-bits.po b/po/ja/random-bits.po index 11d8cbe76..1d908c29a 100644 --- a/po/ja/random-bits.po +++ b/po/ja/random-bits.po @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2010-10-29 05:56+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-03 14:44+0900\n" -"Last-Translator: KURASAWA Nozomu <nabetaro@debian.or.jp>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-29 23:28+0900\n" +"Last-Translator: KURASAWA Nozomu <nabetaro@caldron.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -820,31 +820,31 @@ msgstr "&task-sql-tot;" #. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:341 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#, no-c-format #| msgid "DNS server" msgid "SSH server" -msgstr "DNS サーバ" +msgstr "SSH サーバ" #. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:342 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#, no-c-format #| msgid "&task-sql-inst;" msgid "&task-ssh-inst;" -msgstr "&task-sql-inst;" +msgstr "&task-ssh-inst;" #. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:343 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#, no-c-format #| msgid "&task-sql-dl;" msgid "&task-ssh-dl;" -msgstr "&task-sql-dl;" +msgstr "&task-ssh-dl;" #. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:344 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#, no-c-format #| msgid "&task-sql-tot;" msgid "&task-ssh-tot;" -msgstr "&task-sql-tot;" +msgstr "&task-ssh-tot;" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:350 @@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ msgstr "Unix/Linux システムからの &debian-gnu; のインストール" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:367 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "This section explains how to install &debian-gnu; from an existing Unix " #| "or Linux system, without using the menu-driven installer as explained in " @@ -888,9 +888,9 @@ msgid "" "symbolizes a command to be entered in the user's current system, while " "<prompt>#</prompt> refers to a command entered in the &debian; chroot." msgstr "" -"本節は、マニュアルの他の部分で説明されているメニュードリブンインストーラを使" -"用せずに、既存の Unix・Linux システムから &debian-gnu; をインストールする方法" -"について説明します。この <quote>クロスインストール</quote> HOWTO は、Red " +"この節は、マニュアルの他の部分で説明されているメニュードリブンインストーラを" +"使用せずに、既存の Unix・Linux システムから &debian-gnu; をインストールする方" +"法について説明します。この <quote>クロスインストール</quote> HOWTO は、Red " "Hat, Mandriva, SUSE から &debian-gnu; に移行するユーザの要望で書かれました。" "本節では、*nix コマンドの入力について熟知し、ファイルシステムを操作できるのが" "前提となっています。本節では、<prompt>#</prompt>が &debian; chroot に入力され" @@ -1628,6 +1628,8 @@ msgstr "# apt-cache search &kernelpackage;" #, no-c-format msgid "Then install the kernel package of your choice using its package name." msgstr "" +"その後、パッケージ名を指定して、選択したカーネルパッケージをインストールして" +"ください。" #. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:746 @@ -1636,6 +1638,8 @@ msgid "" "# aptitude install &kernelpackage;-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" "replaceable>" msgstr "" +"# aptitude install &kernelpackage;-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" +"replaceable>" #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:752 @@ -1660,7 +1664,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:760 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</" #| "userinput> for instructions on setting up the bootloader. If you are " @@ -1682,13 +1686,15 @@ msgid "" "relative to the system you call it from)</phrase>." msgstr "" "ブートローダのセットアップについての説明は、<userinput>info grub</userinput> " -"や <userinput>man lilo.conf</userinput> をチェックしてください。&debian; をイ" -"ンストールするのに使用したシステムを保持する場合、既存の grub の " -"<filename>menu.lst</filename> や <filename>lilo.conf</filename> に、&debian; " -"インストールへのエントリを単に加えてください。lilo.conf では新システムにそれ" -"をコピーし、そこで編集してください。編集を終えた後、<command>lilo</command> " -"を呼び出してください。(lilo を呼び出したシステムと関係あるところの、" -"<filename>lilo.conf</filename> が使われるということを覚えていてください)" +"<phrase arch=\"x86\">や <userinput>man lilo.conf</userinput> </phrase>を" +"チェックしてください。&debian; をインストールするのに使用したシステムを保持す" +"る場合、既存の grub の <filename>menu.lst</filename> <phrase arch=\"x86\">や " +"<filename>lilo.conf</filename> </phrase>に、&debian; インストールへのエント" +"リを単に加えてください。<phrase arch=\"x86\"><filename>lilo.conf</filename> " +"では新システムにそれをコピーし、そこで編集してください。編集を終えた後、" +"<command>lilo</command> を呼び出してください。(lilo を呼び出したシステムと関" +"係あるところの、<filename>lilo.conf</filename> が使われるということを覚えてい" +"てください)</phrase>" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:772 diff --git a/po/ja/using-d-i.po b/po/ja/using-d-i.po index e38c2c9b6..606a39863 100644 --- a/po/ja/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ja/using-d-i.po @@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-10-29 05:56+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-26 10:13+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-12-29 12:07+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-29 22:23+0900\n" "Last-Translator: KURASAWA Nozomu <nabetaro@caldron.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:5 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the &debian; Installer" -msgstr "&debian; Installer の使用法" +msgstr "&debian; インストーラの使用法" #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:7 @@ -1708,14 +1708,20 @@ msgstr "以下のファイルシステムをサポートしています。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1093 #, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "<phrase arch=\"arm;mipsel\"><emphasis>ext2r0</emphasis>,</phrase> " +#| "<emphasis>ext2</emphasis>, <emphasis>ext3</emphasis>, <emphasis>ext4</" +#| "emphasis>" msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"arm;mipsel\"><emphasis>ext2r0</emphasis>,</phrase> " -"<emphasis>ext2</emphasis>, <emphasis>ext3</emphasis>, <emphasis>ext4</" -"emphasis>" +"<emphasis>ext2</emphasis>, <phrase arch=\"linux-any\"><emphasis>ext3</" +"emphasis>,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"linux-any\"><emphasis>ext4</emphasis></" +"phrase>" msgstr "" "<phrase arch=\"arm;mipsel\"><emphasis>ext2r0</emphasis>,</phrase> " -"<emphasis>ext2</emphasis>, <emphasis>ext3</emphasis>, <emphasis>ext4</" -"emphasis>" +"<emphasis>ext2</emphasis>, <phrase arch=\"linux-any\"><emphasis>ext3</" +"emphasis>,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"linux-any\"><emphasis>ext4</emphasis></" +"phrase>" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1098 @@ -1736,15 +1742,76 @@ msgid "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)" msgstr "" "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (全アーキテクチャで使用できるわけではありません)" +#. Tag: emphasis +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 +#, no-c-format +#| msgid "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (read-only)" +msgid "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1108 +#, no-c-format +msgid "The default file system is UFS." +msgstr "デフォルトファイルシステムは UFS です。" + #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1106 +#: using-d-i.xml:1111 #, no-c-format msgid "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)" msgstr "" "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (全アーキテクチャで使用できるわけではありません)" +#. Tag: emphasis +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 +#, no-c-format +#| msgid "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (read-only)" +msgid "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"As ZFS support in the installer is still in development, only a basic subset " +"of ZFS features are supported. Some of them can be enabled manually after " +"the initial install, but there are some caveats:" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: listitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1121 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Each ZFS pool will host only one filesystem. After install is finished, more " +"filesystems can be created on this pool by using the <quote>zfs create</" +"quote> command." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: listitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Each ZFS pool will be composed of exactly one partition. After install is " +"finished, a single-device ZFS pool can be converted into a multi-device pool " +"by using the <quote>zpool add</quote> command, or into a mirrored pool by " +"using the <quote>zpool attach</quote> command. However, you shouldn't do " +"this on the pool that hosts root filesystem, as it would prevent GRUB from " +"booting your system." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: listitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1134 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Compression is not currently supported. After the install is finished, " +"compression can be enabled by setting the <quote>compression</quote> " +"property via the <quote>zfs set</quote> command. However, if a compression " +"algorithm other than the default (lzjb) is used on the pool that hosts your " +"root filesystem, this may prevent GRUB from booting your system." +msgstr "" + #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1109 +#: using-d-i.xml:1143 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<emphasis>reiserfs</emphasis> (optional; not available on all architectures)" @@ -1753,7 +1820,7 @@ msgstr "" "はありません)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1111 +#: using-d-i.xml:1145 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for the Reiser file system is no longer available by default. When " @@ -1767,13 +1834,13 @@ msgstr "" "します。" #. Tag: emphasis -#: using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1152 #, no-c-format msgid "jffs2" msgstr "jffs2" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Used on some systems to read flash memory. It is not possible to create new " @@ -1783,13 +1850,13 @@ msgstr "" "ティションは作成できません。" #. Tag: emphasis -#: using-d-i.xml:1124 +#: using-d-i.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "qnx4" msgstr "qnx4" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 +#: using-d-i.xml:1159 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Existing partitions will be recognized and it is possible to assign mount " @@ -1799,19 +1866,19 @@ msgstr "" "qnx4 パーティションは作成できません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1129 +#: using-d-i.xml:1163 #, no-c-format msgid "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1132 +#: using-d-i.xml:1166 #, no-c-format msgid "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (read-only)" msgstr "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (読み込み専用)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Existing NTFS partitions can be resized and it is possible to assign mount " @@ -1821,13 +1888,13 @@ msgstr "" "す。新しい NTFS パーティションは作成できません。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1144 +#: using-d-i.xml:1178 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "ガイドパーティション分割" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1145 +#: using-d-i.xml:1179 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1844,7 +1911,7 @@ msgstr "" "サポートを利用します。</para> </footnote> を利用する方法です。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1160 +#: using-d-i.xml:1194 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." @@ -1853,7 +1920,7 @@ msgstr "" "わけではありません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1199 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1870,7 +1937,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1174 +#: using-d-i.xml:1208 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1885,7 +1952,7 @@ msgstr "" "スクのサイズにより、時間がかかることがあります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1183 +#: using-d-i.xml:1217 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1902,15 +1969,22 @@ msgstr "" "に、インストーラは変更してよいか確認してきます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1193 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " -"for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to " -"use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, " -"make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may " -"differ from what you are used to. The size of the disks may help to identify " -"them." +#: using-d-i.xml:1227 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) " +#| "LVM) for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you " +#| "want to use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have " +#| "several disks, make sure you select the correct one. The order they are " +#| "listed in may differ from what you are used to. The size of the disks may " +#| "help to identify them." +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning<phrase arch=\"linux-any\"> (either classic " +"or using (encrypted) LVM)</phrase> for a whole disk, you will first be asked " +"to select the disk you want to use. Check that all your disks are listed " +"and, if you have several disks, make sure you select the correct one. The " +"order they are listed in may differ from what you are used to. The size of " +"the disks may help to identify them." msgstr "" "ディスク全体に対してガイドパーティション分割を選択した場合 (クラシックでも " "(暗号化) LVMでも)、まずはじめに、選択したディスクを使用してよいか尋ねられま" @@ -1919,14 +1993,20 @@ msgstr "" "ます。ディスクサイズを確認の手がかりにしてください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1202 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1236 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will " +#| "always be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the " +#| "disk. If you have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will " +#| "be able to undo any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) " +#| "LVM this is not possible." msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " -"be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you " -"have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo " -"any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not " -"possible." +"be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. <phrase " +"arch=\"linux-any\"> If you have selected the classic method of partitioning, " +"you will be able to undo any changes right until the end; when using " +"(encrypted) LVM this is not possible. </phrase>" msgstr "" "ここでついに、ディスクのすべてのデータが失われますが、ディスクに書き込む前に" "変更してよいか、必ず確認してきます。パーティション分割にクラシック法を選択し" @@ -1934,7 +2014,7 @@ msgstr "" "せん。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1210 +#: using-d-i.xml:1246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1951,73 +2031,73 @@ msgstr "" "依存します) がなければ、ガイドパーティション分割は失敗してしまいます。" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1226 +#: using-d-i.xml:1262 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "パーティション分割方法" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1227 +#: using-d-i.xml:1263 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "最低容量" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1228 +#: using-d-i.xml:1264 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "作成するパーティション" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1234 +#: using-d-i.xml:1270 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "All files in one partition" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1235 +#: using-d-i.xml:1271 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1236 +#: using-d-i.xml:1272 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1238 +#: using-d-i.xml:1274 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Separate /home partition" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1239 +#: using-d-i.xml:1275 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1240 +#: using-d-i.xml:1276 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#: using-d-i.xml:1280 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1245 +#: using-d-i.xml:1281 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1246 +#: using-d-i.xml:1282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -2027,7 +2107,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1255 +#: using-d-i.xml:1291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -2041,7 +2121,7 @@ msgstr "" "します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1261 +#: using-d-i.xml:1297 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -2055,7 +2135,7 @@ msgstr "" "セットアップするよう、フォーマットメニューに追加メニュー項目があります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1269 +#: using-d-i.xml:1305 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -2067,7 +2147,7 @@ msgstr "" "いった情報が含まれています。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1275 +#: using-d-i.xml:1311 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2117,7 +2197,7 @@ msgstr "" "んが、手動パーティション分割で使用できる変化を示します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1288 +#: using-d-i.xml:1324 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -2138,13 +2218,13 @@ msgstr "" "ティション分割で修正してください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1302 +#: using-d-i.xml:1338 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "手動パーティション分割" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1303 +#: using-d-i.xml:1339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -2159,7 +2239,7 @@ msgstr "" "ションの使用法については、本節の残りで扱います。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1311 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -2173,8 +2253,27 @@ msgstr "" "SPACE</quote> (空き領域) という新しい行が現れます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1319 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1355 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a " +#| "new partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about " +#| "its size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of " +#| "the free space). After this, you will be presented with a detailed " +#| "overview of your new partition. The main setting is <guimenuitem>Use as:</" +#| "guimenuitem>, which determines if the partition will have a file system " +#| "on it, or be used for swap, software RAID, LVM, an encrypted file system, " +#| "or not be used at all. Other settings include mountpoint, mount options, " +#| "and bootable flag; which settings are shown depends on how the partition " +#| "is to be used. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to " +#| "change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use " +#| "as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose a different filesystem for this " +#| "partition, including options to use the partition for swap, software " +#| "RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Another nice feature is the ability to " +#| "copy data from an existing partition onto this one. When you are " +#| "satisfied with your new partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up " +#| "the partition</guimenuitem> and you will return to <command>partman</" +#| "command>'s main screen." msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " "partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its " @@ -2182,15 +2281,16 @@ msgid "" "space). After this, you will be presented with a detailed overview of your " "new partition. The main setting is <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, which " "determines if the partition will have a file system on it, or be used for " -"swap, software RAID, LVM, an encrypted file system, or not be used at all. " -"Other settings include mountpoint, mount options, and bootable flag; which " -"settings are shown depends on how the partition is to be used. If you don't " -"like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. " -"by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose a " -"different filesystem for this partition, including options to use the " -"partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Another nice " -"feature is the ability to copy data from an existing partition onto this " -"one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select " +"swap,<phrase arch=\"linux-any\"> software RAID, LVM, an encrypted file " +"system,</phrase> or not be used at all. Other settings include mountpoint, " +"mount options, and bootable flag; which settings are shown depends on how " +"the partition is to be used. If you don't like the preselected defaults, " +"feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option " +"<guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose a different filesystem " +"for this partition, including options to use the partition for swap,<phrase " +"arch=\"linux-any\"> software RAID, LVM,</phrase> or not use it at all. " +"Another nice feature is the ability to copy data from an existing partition " +"onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select " "<guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will return " "to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" @@ -2211,7 +2311,7 @@ msgstr "" "イン画面に戻ってください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1341 +#: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -2232,7 +2332,7 @@ msgstr "" "できます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1388 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -2248,7 +2348,7 @@ msgstr "" "に進みません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1360 +#: using-d-i.xml:1396 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -2259,7 +2359,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> がそれを検出し、行うまで先に進むことができません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1402 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -2275,7 +2375,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-lvm</filename>)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1374 +#: using-d-i.xml:1410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -2289,13 +2389,13 @@ msgstr "" "成するかどうか確認することになります。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1402 +#: using-d-i.xml:1438 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "マルチディスクデバイス (ソフトウェア RAID) の設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1403 +#: using-d-i.xml:1439 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -2314,7 +2414,7 @@ msgstr "" "firstterm> の方が有名) と呼びます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1416 +#: using-d-i.xml:1452 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -2328,7 +2428,7 @@ msgstr "" "てられる等) と同様に使用できます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1424 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -2434,97 +2534,97 @@ msgstr "" "varlistentry> </variablelist> まとめると以下のようになります。" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1538 +#: using-d-i.xml:1574 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "タイプ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1539 +#: using-d-i.xml:1575 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "デバイス最小構成数" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1540 +#: using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "予備デバイス" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1541 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "ディスク破損に耐えるか?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "利用可能領域" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1548 +#: using-d-i.xml:1584 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1549 using-d-i.xml:1557 using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1585 using-d-i.xml:1593 using-d-i.xml:1623 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1550 using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1586 using-d-i.xml:1587 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>no</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1552 +#: using-d-i.xml:1588 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "RAID にある最小パーティションのサイズ×デバイス数" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1556 +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1558 using-d-i.xml:1566 using-d-i.xml:1577 using-d-i.xml:1588 +#: using-d-i.xml:1594 using-d-i.xml:1602 using-d-i.xml:1613 using-d-i.xml:1624 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "任意" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 using-d-i.xml:1567 using-d-i.xml:1578 using-d-i.xml:1589 +#: using-d-i.xml:1595 using-d-i.xml:1603 using-d-i.xml:1614 using-d-i.xml:1625 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>yes</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1560 +#: using-d-i.xml:1596 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "RAID にある最小パーティションのサイズ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1564 +#: using-d-i.xml:1600 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1565 +#: using-d-i.xml:1601 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1568 +#: using-d-i.xml:1604 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2532,19 +2632,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "RAID にある最小パーティションのサイズ×(デバイス数 - 1)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1575 +#: using-d-i.xml:1611 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID6" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>4</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1615 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2552,13 +2652,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "最小パーティションのサイズ×(RAID にあるデバイス数 - 2)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1586 +#: using-d-i.xml:1622 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID10" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1590 +#: using-d-i.xml:1626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2566,7 +2666,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "全パーティションサイズ÷チャンクのコピー数 (デフォルトは 2)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1597 +#: using-d-i.xml:1633 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2576,7 +2676,7 @@ msgstr "" "raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink> をご覧ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1602 +#: using-d-i.xml:1638 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2591,7 +2691,7 @@ msgstr "" "ニューの <command>partman</command> で行えます)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1611 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2611,7 +2711,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> に RAID1 を用いる例が選択したり得ます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1623 +#: using-d-i.xml:1659 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2628,7 +2728,7 @@ msgstr "" "して動作させることができるかも知れません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1632 +#: using-d-i.xml:1668 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2649,7 +2749,7 @@ msgstr "" "さい。その後は選択した MD デバイスに依存します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1645 +#: using-d-i.xml:1681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2660,7 +2760,7 @@ msgstr "" "に MD にするパーティションを選択してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1652 +#: using-d-i.xml:1688 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2679,7 +2779,7 @@ msgstr "" "せん。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1664 +#: using-d-i.xml:1700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2690,7 +2790,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1670 +#: using-d-i.xml:1706 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2701,7 +2801,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1676 +#: using-d-i.xml:1712 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2721,7 +2821,7 @@ msgstr "" "は、たくさんのアクティブデバイスがなければなりません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1690 +#: using-d-i.xml:1726 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2739,7 +2839,7 @@ msgstr "" "ション) で結合できます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1699 +#: using-d-i.xml:1735 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2753,13 +2853,13 @@ msgstr "" "設定してください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1714 +#: using-d-i.xml:1750 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "論理ボリュームマネージャ (LVM) の設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1715 +#: using-d-i.xml:1751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2775,7 +2875,7 @@ msgstr "" "とになります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1723 +#: using-d-i.xml:1759 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2794,7 +2894,7 @@ msgstr "" "リュームグループも)、複数の物理ディスクをまたがって定義できると言うことです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1733 +#: using-d-i.xml:1769 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2815,7 +2915,7 @@ msgstr "" "きです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1744 +#: using-d-i.xml:1780 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2832,7 +2932,7 @@ msgstr "" "</menuchoice> を選ぶことで行います。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1753 +#: using-d-i.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2851,7 +2951,7 @@ msgstr "" "作は以下の通りです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1764 +#: using-d-i.xml:1800 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2861,43 +2961,43 @@ msgstr "" "の名称やサイズなどを表示します" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1769 +#: using-d-i.xml:1805 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの作成" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "論理ボリュームの作成" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1775 +#: using-d-i.xml:1811 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの削除" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1778 +#: using-d-i.xml:1814 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "論理ボリュームの削除" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1781 +#: using-d-i.xml:1817 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの拡張" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1784 +#: using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの縮小" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1786 +#: using-d-i.xml:1822 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2907,7 +3007,7 @@ msgstr "" "ります" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1792 +#: using-d-i.xml:1828 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2917,7 +3017,7 @@ msgstr "" "のメニューのオプションを使用してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1797 +#: using-d-i.xml:1833 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2928,13 +3028,13 @@ msgstr "" "常のボリュームと同じように表示されています (そして同じように扱えます)。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1811 +#: using-d-i.xml:1847 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "暗号化ボリュームの設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1812 +#: using-d-i.xml:1848 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2955,7 +3055,7 @@ msgstr "" "ないと、ハードディスクのデータはランダムな文字列にしか見えません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1824 +#: using-d-i.xml:1860 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2981,7 +3081,7 @@ msgstr "" "ションからカーネルを起動する方法がないからです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1839 +#: using-d-i.xml:1875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2995,7 +3095,7 @@ msgstr "" "けます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1846 +#: using-d-i.xml:1882 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -3015,7 +3115,7 @@ msgstr "" "ティションを暗号化するオプションが追加されます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1857 +#: using-d-i.xml:1893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -3032,7 +3132,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1869 +#: using-d-i.xml:1905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -3045,13 +3145,13 @@ msgstr "" "デフォルト値を指定してください。セキュリティを念頭に置いて選択されています。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1879 +#: using-d-i.xml:1915 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1881 +#: using-d-i.xml:1917 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -3075,13 +3175,13 @@ msgstr "" "り、21 世紀の機密情報を保護する標準暗号化アルゴリズムとして採用されました。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1899 +#: using-d-i.xml:1935 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1901 +#: using-d-i.xml:1937 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -3094,13 +3194,13 @@ msgstr "" "影響を与えます。利用できる暗号化キーのサイズは暗号方式に依存します。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1913 +#: using-d-i.xml:1949 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1915 +#: using-d-i.xml:1951 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -3117,7 +3217,7 @@ msgstr "" "を推測できないようにします。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1925 +#: using-d-i.xml:1961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -3130,25 +3230,25 @@ msgstr "" "ない、以前インストールしたシステムと互換をとる場合のみ使用してください。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1937 +#: using-d-i.xml:1973 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1939 +#: using-d-i.xml:1975 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "ここでは、このパーティションの暗号化キーのタイプを選択できます。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1945 +#: using-d-i.xml:1981 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Passphrase" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1946 +#: using-d-i.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -3161,13 +3261,13 @@ msgstr "" "\">LUKS</ulink> を使用して設定するという意味です。</para></footnote>します。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1961 using-d-i.xml:2054 +#: using-d-i.xml:1997 using-d-i.xml:2090 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Random key" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1962 +#: using-d-i.xml:1998 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -3184,7 +3284,7 @@ msgstr "" "解読されないでしょう)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1971 +#: using-d-i.xml:2007 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -3203,13 +3303,13 @@ msgstr "" "なってしまうのです。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1990 using-d-i.xml:2067 +#: using-d-i.xml:2026 using-d-i.xml:2103 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1992 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -3229,7 +3329,7 @@ msgstr "" "データを復元できると信じられています。</para></footnote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2012 +#: using-d-i.xml:2048 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -3241,13 +3341,13 @@ msgstr "" "ンを提供するように変わります。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2021 +#: using-d-i.xml:2057 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2023 +#: using-d-i.xml:2059 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -3259,25 +3359,25 @@ msgstr "" "ださい。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2033 +#: using-d-i.xml:2069 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2035 +#: using-d-i.xml:2071 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "ここでは、このパーティションの暗号化キーのタイプを選択できます。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2041 +#: using-d-i.xml:2077 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Keyfile (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2042 +#: using-d-i.xml:2078 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -3290,19 +3390,19 @@ msgstr "" "は、適切なパスフレーズを入力する必要があります (後のプロセスで要求されます)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2055 +#: using-d-i.xml:2091 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "前述の Random key の節をご覧ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2069 +#: using-d-i.xml:2105 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "前節の Erase data の節をご覧ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2078 +#: using-d-i.xml:2114 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -3320,7 +3420,7 @@ msgstr "" "かかるでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2088 +#: using-d-i.xml:2124 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -3335,7 +3435,7 @@ msgstr "" "前など) でないものです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2097 +#: using-d-i.xml:2133 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -3358,7 +3458,7 @@ msgstr "" "トが有効でなかったのかもしれません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2110 +#: using-d-i.xml:2146 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -3379,7 +3479,7 @@ msgstr "" "ます。暗号化するパーティションの数だけ繰り返します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2126 +#: using-d-i.xml:2162 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -3412,7 +3512,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2139 +#: using-d-i.xml:2175 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -3429,7 +3529,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/> で扱います。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2149 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -3437,13 +3537,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "パーティション分割の内容に納得いったら、インストールに進んでください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2160 +#: using-d-i.xml:2196 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "基本システムのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2161 +#: using-d-i.xml:2197 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3456,7 +3556,7 @@ msgstr "" "接続しかなければ、ある程度時間がかかるかもしれません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2174 +#: using-d-i.xml:2210 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -3472,7 +3572,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> を押してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2183 +#: using-d-i.xml:2219 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3484,7 +3584,7 @@ msgstr "" "ます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2189 +#: using-d-i.xml:2225 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a &arch-kernel; kernel will be installed. At " @@ -3497,7 +3597,7 @@ msgstr "" "り低い優先度モードでは、利用可能なカーネルのリストから選ぶことができます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2196 +#: using-d-i.xml:2232 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When packages are installed using the package management system, it will by " @@ -3514,7 +3614,7 @@ msgstr "" "同時に入っているべきパッケージです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2206 +#: using-d-i.xml:2242 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For technical reasons packages installed during the installation of the base " @@ -3527,13 +3627,13 @@ msgstr "" "中のこの時点以降でのみ効力を発揮します。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2218 +#: using-d-i.xml:2254 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "追加ソフトウェアのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2219 +#: using-d-i.xml:2255 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3548,13 +3648,13 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2234 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "apt の設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2236 +#: using-d-i.xml:2272 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian-gnu; system is a " @@ -3589,7 +3689,7 @@ msgstr "" "理の推奨ユーティリティです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2296 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3603,7 +3703,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2303 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3620,7 +3720,7 @@ msgstr "" "ミラーを追加します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2312 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3635,13 +3735,13 @@ msgstr "" "の有無を選べます。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2287 +#: using-d-i.xml:2323 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "2 枚以上の CD/DVD でのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2289 +#: using-d-i.xml:2325 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3654,7 +3754,7 @@ msgstr "" "ケージをインストールするため、スキャンしたくなると思います。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2296 +#: using-d-i.xml:2332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3668,7 +3768,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2304 +#: using-d-i.xml:2340 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3681,7 +3781,7 @@ msgstr "" "後の CD に入っているパッケージを使用することになります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3698,7 +3798,7 @@ msgstr "" "のをカバーできるでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2320 +#: using-d-i.xml:2356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3712,7 +3812,7 @@ msgstr "" "環境をすべてカバーしています。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2328 +#: using-d-i.xml:2364 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3729,13 +3829,13 @@ msgstr "" "低くなります。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2341 +#: using-d-i.xml:2377 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "ネットワークミラーの利用" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2343 +#: using-d-i.xml:2379 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3747,7 +3847,7 @@ msgstr "" "が、中には例外もあります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2349 +#: using-d-i.xml:2385 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3764,7 +3864,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> タスクを選択<emphasis>しない</emphasis>のが最善でしょう" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2358 +#: using-d-i.xml:2394 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3783,7 +3883,7 @@ msgstr "" "インストールは、(新しいシステムで起動した後など) 後で行うのがよいでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2369 +#: using-d-i.xml:2405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3797,7 +3897,7 @@ msgstr "" "ションとなります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2376 +#: using-d-i.xml:2412 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3812,7 +3912,7 @@ msgstr "" "延ばすことができます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2383 +#: using-d-i.xml:2419 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3827,26 +3927,26 @@ msgstr "" "のダウンロードするデータ量は、以下に依存します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2392 +#: using-d-i.xml:2428 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "インストールの次のステップで選択するタスク。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2397 +#: using-d-i.xml:2433 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "どのパッケージがそのタスクに必要か。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2402 +#: using-d-i.xml:2438 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "そのパッケージがスキャンした CD や DVD に収録されているかどうか。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2407 +#: using-d-i.xml:2443 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3858,7 +3958,7 @@ msgstr "" "意されているかどうか。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2416 +#: using-d-i.xml:2452 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3872,13 +3972,13 @@ msgstr "" "ください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2432 +#: using-d-i.xml:2468 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "ソフトウェアの選択・インストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2434 +#: using-d-i.xml:2470 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3895,7 +3995,7 @@ msgstr "" "集中します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2443 +#: using-d-i.xml:2479 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3928,7 +4028,7 @@ msgstr "" "必要容量一覧があります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2470 +#: using-d-i.xml:2506 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3940,7 +4040,7 @@ msgstr "" "選択をはずせます。全くタスクを選ばないようにもできます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2477 +#: using-d-i.xml:2513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3950,7 +4050,7 @@ msgstr "" "グルできます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2483 +#: using-d-i.xml:2519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3960,7 +4060,7 @@ msgstr "" "環境</quote> タスクは、GNOME デスクトップ環境をインストールします。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2488 +#: using-d-i.xml:2524 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3981,7 +4081,7 @@ msgstr "" "もっと軽量な Xfce デスクトップ環境や LXDE デスクトップ環境を選択できます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2535 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3995,7 +4095,7 @@ msgstr "" "environments</quote> を探してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2506 +#: using-d-i.xml:2542 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -4012,7 +4112,7 @@ msgstr "" "ストールがうまくいくでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2516 +#: using-d-i.xml:2552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -4032,7 +4132,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2527 +#: using-d-i.xml:2563 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -4048,7 +4148,7 @@ msgstr "" "にしてください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2535 +#: using-d-i.xml:2571 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -4067,7 +4167,7 @@ msgstr "" "ルします。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2545 +#: using-d-i.xml:2581 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -4081,7 +4181,7 @@ msgstr "" "ます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2552 +#: using-d-i.xml:2588 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -4098,7 +4198,7 @@ msgstr "" "ンストールを始めたら、キャンセルするオプションはありません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2561 +#: using-d-i.xml:2597 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -4115,13 +4215,13 @@ msgstr "" "メージを使用していると、こういったことが起こり得ます。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2576 +#: using-d-i.xml:2612 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "システムを起動可能に" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2578 +#: using-d-i.xml:2614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -4136,13 +4236,13 @@ msgstr "" "ください。</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2593 +#: using-d-i.xml:2629 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "他 OS の検出" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2595 +#: using-d-i.xml:2631 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -4157,7 +4257,7 @@ msgstr "" "できるように、このコンピュータを設定します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2603 +#: using-d-i.xml:2639 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -4172,13 +4272,13 @@ msgstr "" "す。作動しない場合は、詳細についてブートマネージャの文書を調べるべきです。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2621 +#: using-d-i.xml:2657 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command> インストーラ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2622 +#: using-d-i.xml:2658 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -4194,19 +4294,19 @@ msgstr "" "Linux パーティションを読むことができるからです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2631 +#: using-d-i.xml:2667 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( もっと情報が必要 )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2643 +#: using-d-i.xml:2679 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>Grub</command> ブートローダのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2645 +#: using-d-i.xml:2681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -4218,7 +4318,7 @@ msgstr "" "選んでおけばよいでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2651 +#: using-d-i.xml:2687 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -4231,7 +4331,7 @@ msgstr "" "さい。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2657 +#: using-d-i.xml:2693 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -4242,13 +4342,13 @@ msgstr "" "てください。そしてそこから、使用したいブートローダを選択してください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2670 +#: using-d-i.xml:2706 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>LILO</command> ブートローダのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2672 +#: using-d-i.xml:2708 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -4264,7 +4364,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink> もご覧ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2682 +#: using-d-i.xml:2718 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -4278,7 +4378,7 @@ msgstr "" "ません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2690 +#: using-d-i.xml:2726 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -4288,13 +4388,13 @@ msgstr "" "提示します。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2697 +#: using-d-i.xml:2733 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Master Boot Record (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2697 +#: using-d-i.xml:2733 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -4304,13 +4404,13 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2704 +#: using-d-i.xml:2740 #, no-c-format msgid "new &debian; partition" msgstr "new &debian; partition" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2704 +#: using-d-i.xml:2740 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4322,13 +4422,13 @@ msgstr "" "インストールし、第 2 のブートローダとして動作します。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2713 +#: using-d-i.xml:2749 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Other choice" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2713 +#: using-d-i.xml:2749 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4344,7 +4444,7 @@ msgstr "" "<phrase condition=\"lenny\">従来の名前を</phrase>使用できます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2723 +#: using-d-i.xml:2759 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -4360,13 +4460,13 @@ msgstr "" "る、ということを意味します!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2739 +#: using-d-i.xml:2775 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>ELILO</command> ブートローダのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2741 +#: using-d-i.xml:2777 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -4394,7 +4494,7 @@ msgstr "" "Boot Manager</quote> により実際に実行されます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2757 +#: using-d-i.xml:2793 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -4411,13 +4511,13 @@ msgstr "" "システムがあるディスクのパーティションを選択します。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2769 +#: using-d-i.xml:2805 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "正しいパーティションを選択してください!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2771 +#: using-d-i.xml:2807 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format " @@ -4442,13 +4542,13 @@ msgstr "" "トして、以前の内容をすべて消去するかもしれないことを覚えておいてください!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2786 +#: using-d-i.xml:2822 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI パーティションの内容" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2788 +#: using-d-i.xml:2824 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -4478,13 +4578,13 @@ msgstr "" "のファイルシステムにその他のファイルがあるかもしれません。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2810 +#: using-d-i.xml:2846 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2811 +#: using-d-i.xml:2847 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -4496,13 +4596,13 @@ msgstr "" "ピーです。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2820 +#: using-d-i.xml:2856 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2821 +#: using-d-i.xml:2857 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4515,13 +4615,13 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>&debian; GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> を選択するとこれが起動します。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2867 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2868 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4535,13 +4635,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> で指し示す <filename>/boot</filename> にあるファイルです。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2844 +#: using-d-i.xml:2880 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2845 +#: using-d-i.xml:2881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4553,13 +4653,13 @@ msgstr "" "する小さなテキストファイルです。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2855 +#: using-d-i.xml:2891 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2856 +#: using-d-i.xml:2892 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4573,13 +4673,13 @@ msgstr "" "るファイルです。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2876 +#: using-d-i.xml:2912 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2877 +#: using-d-i.xml:2913 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4623,13 +4723,13 @@ msgstr "" "い。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2896 +#: using-d-i.xml:2932 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2897 +#: using-d-i.xml:2933 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4639,13 +4739,13 @@ msgstr "" "となる。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2905 +#: using-d-i.xml:2941 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2906 +#: using-d-i.xml:2942 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4655,13 +4755,13 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2914 +#: using-d-i.xml:2950 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2915 +#: using-d-i.xml:2951 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4670,13 +4770,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> があるパーティションの番号を表す。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2923 +#: using-d-i.xml:2959 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2924 +#: using-d-i.xml:2960 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4686,13 +4786,13 @@ msgstr "" "は <quote>linux</quote> である。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2945 +#: using-d-i.xml:2981 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>Yaboot</command> のインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2946 +#: using-d-i.xml:2982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4712,13 +4812,13 @@ msgstr "" "が &debian-gnu; を起動できるように設定されています。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2964 +#: using-d-i.xml:3000 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>Quik</command> のインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2965 +#: using-d-i.xml:3001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4732,13 +4832,13 @@ msgstr "" "Powermac や Power Computing のクローンで動作することが知られています。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2981 +#: using-d-i.xml:3017 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command> インストーラ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2982 +#: using-d-i.xml:3018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4754,13 +4854,13 @@ msgstr "" "and Installation Commands</quote> を見てください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2999 +#: using-d-i.xml:3035 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>SILO</command> ブートローダのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3001 +#: using-d-i.xml:3037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4790,13 +4890,13 @@ msgstr "" "Solaris と一緒に GNU/Linux をインストールするのなら、これが便利です。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3026 +#: using-d-i.xml:3062 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "ブートローダなしで継続" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3028 +#: using-d-i.xml:3064 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4809,7 +4909,7 @@ msgstr "" "るのに利用できます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3035 +#: using-d-i.xml:3071 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4831,13 +4931,13 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3052 +#: using-d-i.xml:3088 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "インストールの完了" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3053 +#: using-d-i.xml:3089 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the &debian; installation process during which the " @@ -4848,13 +4948,13 @@ msgstr "" "最終段階です。ほとんどが &d-i; の後片付けです。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3066 +#: using-d-i.xml:3102 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "システム時計の設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3068 +#: using-d-i.xml:3104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4867,7 +4967,7 @@ msgstr "" "れているかどうか、といったことから UTC を基準にするかどうかを判断します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3075 +#: using-d-i.xml:3111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4885,7 +4985,7 @@ msgstr "" "地時間を選択してください。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3086 +#: using-d-i.xml:3122 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4896,13 +4996,13 @@ msgstr "" "す。先ほどの選択により、UTC か現地時間のどちらかで保存します。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3101 +#: using-d-i.xml:3137 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "システムの再起動" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3103 +#: using-d-i.xml:3139 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4913,7 +5013,7 @@ msgstr "" "促されます。システムはこの後、新しい &debian; システムで再起動します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3109 +#: using-d-i.xml:3145 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4926,13 +5026,13 @@ msgstr "" "イルシステムとして選択した DASD から GNU/Linux を IPL してください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3122 +#: using-d-i.xml:3158 #, no-c-format -msgid "Miscellaneous" -msgstr "その他" +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "トラブルシューティング" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3123 +#: using-d-i.xml:3159 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4943,13 +5043,13 @@ msgstr "" "うまく行かない時に、ユーザの助けになるようバックグラウンドで待っています。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3136 +#: using-d-i.xml:3172 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "インストールログの保存" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3138 +#: using-d-i.xml:3174 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4961,7 +5061,7 @@ msgstr "" "れています。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3145 +#: using-d-i.xml:3181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4977,13 +5077,13 @@ msgstr "" "したいときに便利です。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3165 +#: using-d-i.xml:3201 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "シェルの使用とログの参照" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3167 +#: using-d-i.xml:3203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -5008,14 +5108,14 @@ msgstr "" "keycombo> でインストーラ自体に戻ってください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3185 +#: using-d-i.xml:3221 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "" "グラフィカルインストーラでは、<xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/> もご覧ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3189 +#: using-d-i.xml:3225 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -5030,7 +5130,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> と入力すると、シェルを終了してインストーラに戻ります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3197 +#: using-d-i.xml:3233 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -5048,7 +5148,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3206 +#: using-d-i.xml:3242 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -5060,7 +5160,7 @@ msgstr "" "log</filename> ディレクトリにあります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3213 +#: using-d-i.xml:3249 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -5072,7 +5172,7 @@ msgstr "" "しかありません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3219 +#: using-d-i.xml:3255 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -5085,13 +5185,13 @@ msgstr "" "swap を有効にするようにし、シェルから手動で行わないようにしましょう。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3234 +#: using-d-i.xml:3271 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "ネットワーク越しのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3236 +#: using-d-i.xml:3273 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -5108,7 +5208,7 @@ msgstr "" "この部分は <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/> で自動化できます)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3246 +#: using-d-i.xml:3283 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -5130,7 +5230,7 @@ msgstr "" "ばれる新しいメニュー項目が表示されます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3259 +#: using-d-i.xml:3296 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -5140,7 +5240,7 @@ msgstr "" "法です。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3264 +#: using-d-i.xml:3301 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -5161,7 +5261,7 @@ msgstr "" "全に転送する必要があります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3276 +#: using-d-i.xml:3313 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -5172,7 +5272,7 @@ msgstr "" "メニューに戻ります。そこで別のコンポーネントを選択してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3282 +#: using-d-i.xml:3319 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -5203,7 +5303,7 @@ msgstr "" "認してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3299 +#: using-d-i.xml:3336 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -5226,7 +5326,7 @@ msgstr "" "により、再接続後にインストールを再開できるかどうかが決まるでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3312 +#: using-d-i.xml:3349 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -5248,7 +5348,7 @@ msgstr "" "用は必要最小限にするべきです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3325 +#: using-d-i.xml:3362 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -5271,7 +5371,7 @@ msgstr "" "もう一度行う必要があります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3341 +#: using-d-i.xml:3378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -5290,7 +5390,7 @@ msgstr "" "べきですが、シェル用には複数のセッションを起動できます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3351 +#: using-d-i.xml:3388 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -5305,13 +5405,13 @@ msgstr "" "インストールしたシステムに何か問題が発生するかもしれません。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3371 +#: using-d-i.xml:3407 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "見つからないファームウェアの読み込み" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3372 +#: using-d-i.xml:3408 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -5326,7 +5426,7 @@ msgstr "" "が必要になります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3380 +#: using-d-i.xml:3416 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -5344,7 +5444,7 @@ msgstr "" "ジュールを再読込します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3390 +#: using-d-i.xml:3426 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -5362,7 +5462,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3400 +#: using-d-i.xml:3436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -5374,7 +5474,7 @@ msgstr "" "にご注意ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3407 +#: using-d-i.xml:3443 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -5390,13 +5490,13 @@ msgstr "" "(<xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> 参照) としてご報告ください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3418 +#: using-d-i.xml:3454 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "メディアの準備" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3419 +#: using-d-i.xml:3455 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -5416,7 +5516,7 @@ msgstr "" "されている、FAT を使用するのをお勧めします。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3429 +#: using-d-i.xml:3465 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -5437,7 +5537,7 @@ msgstr "" "スの tarball をダウンロードし、メディアのファイルシステムに展開するだけです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3443 +#: using-d-i.xml:3479 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -5453,7 +5553,7 @@ msgstr "" "ケージを含むかもしれません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3457 +#: using-d-i.xml:3493 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -5465,13 +5565,13 @@ msgstr "" "から入手できます。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3466 +#: using-d-i.xml:3502 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "ファームウェアとインストールしたシステム" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3467 +#: using-d-i.xml:3503 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -5489,7 +5589,7 @@ msgstr "" "がわずかにあります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3476 +#: using-d-i.xml:3512 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -5505,7 +5605,7 @@ msgstr "" "できるようになると、自動的に更新するという利点があります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3484 +#: using-d-i.xml:3520 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -5517,7 +5617,7 @@ msgstr "" "トールしたシステムで動作しないでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3491 +#: using-d-i.xml:3527 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " @@ -5530,6 +5630,9 @@ msgstr "" "ルしたシステムにコピーしたファームウェアは、自動的に<emphasis>更新されません" "</emphasis>。" +#~ msgid "Miscellaneous" +#~ msgstr "その他" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If the language has only one country associated with it, that country " #~ "will be selected automatically. In that case it is only possible to " diff --git a/po/ja/welcome.po b/po/ja/welcome.po index 59548b15d..fa100a17b 100644 --- a/po/ja/welcome.po +++ b/po/ja/welcome.po @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2010-10-10 12:35+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-03 17:47+0900\n" -"Last-Translator: KURASAWA Nozomu <nabetaro@debian.or.jp>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-29 22:18+0900\n" +"Last-Translator: KURASAWA Nozomu <nabetaro@caldron.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -510,10 +510,10 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:315 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#, no-c-format #| msgid "What is Debian GNU/Hurd?" msgid "What is &debian; GNU/kFreeBSD?" -msgstr "Debian GNU/Hurd とは?" +msgstr "&debian; GNU/kFreeBSD とは?" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:317 @@ -521,10 +521,12 @@ msgstr "Debian GNU/Hurd とは?" msgid "" "&debian; GNU/kFreeBSD is a &debian; GNU system with the kFreeBSD kernel." msgstr "" +"&debian; GNU/kFreeBSD は kFreeBSD カーネルを用いた &debian; GNU システムで" +"す。" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:321 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Debian GNU/Hurd is a Debian GNU system that replaces the Linux monolithic " #| "kernel with the GNU Hurd — a set of servers running on top of the " @@ -536,11 +538,8 @@ msgid "" "This port of &debian; is currently only being developed for the i386 and " "amd64 architectures, although ports to other architectures is possible." msgstr "" -"Debian GNU/Hurd は、Linux モノリシックカーネルを GNU Hurd — GNU Mach マ" -"イクロカーネルの上で走る一群のサーバ — で置き換えた Debian GNU システム" -"です。Hurd はまだ完成していません。現在のところ、i386 アーキテクチャでのみ開" -"発されていますが、システムが安定してくれば、他のアーキテクチャにも移植される" -"予定です。" +"この &debian; の移植版は、現在のところ、i386 と amd64 アーキテクチャでのみ開" +"発されていますが、その他のアーキテクチャにも移植される可能性があります。" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:326 @@ -549,10 +548,12 @@ msgid "" "Please note that &debian; GNU/kFreeBSD is not a Linux system, and thus some " "information on Linux system may not apply to it." msgstr "" +"&debian; GNU/kFreeBSD は Linux システムではなく、Linux システム向けの情報を適" +"用できない場合もあることに注意してください。" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:331 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "For more information, see the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/ports/" #| "hurd/\"> Debian GNU/Hurd ports page</ulink> and the <email>debian-" @@ -562,9 +563,9 @@ msgid "" "kfreebsd-gnu/\"> &debian; GNU/kFreeBSD ports page</ulink> and the " "<email>debian-bsd@lists.debian.org</email> mailing list." msgstr "" -"詳しくは、<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/ports/hurd/\"> Debian GNU/Hurd " -"移植ページ</ulink>や <email>debian-hurd@lists.debian.org</email> メーリングリ" -"ストを参照して下さい。" +"詳しくは、<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/ports/kfreebsd-gnu/\"> &debian; " +"GNU/kFreeBSD 移植ページ</ulink>や <email>debian-bsd@lists.debian.org</email> " +"メーリングリストを参照して下さい。" #. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:350 @@ -579,10 +580,12 @@ msgid "" "&debian; GNU/Hurd is a &debian; GNU system with the GNU Hurd — a set " "of servers running on top of the GNU Mach microkernel." msgstr "" +"&debian; GNU/Hurd は、GNU Hurd (GNU Mach マイクロカーネルの上で走る一群のサー" +"バ) を用いた &debian; GNU システムです。" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:357 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Debian GNU/Hurd is a Debian GNU system that replaces the Linux monolithic " #| "kernel with the GNU Hurd — a set of servers running on top of the " @@ -596,11 +599,9 @@ msgid "" "architecture, although ports to other architectures will be made once the " "system becomes more stable." msgstr "" -"Debian GNU/Hurd は、Linux モノリシックカーネルを GNU Hurd — GNU Mach マ" -"イクロカーネルの上で走る一群のサーバ — で置き換えた Debian GNU システム" -"です。Hurd はまだ完成していません。現在のところ、i386 アーキテクチャでのみ開" -"発されていますが、システムが安定してくれば、他のアーキテクチャにも移植される" -"予定です。" +"Hurd はまだ完成しておらず、日々の利用には不適ですが、作業は継続しています。現" +"在のところ、Hurd は i386 アーキテクチャでのみ開発されていますが、システムが安" +"定してくれば、他のアーキテクチャにも移植される予定です。" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:365 @@ -609,6 +610,8 @@ msgid "" "Please note that &debian; GNU/Hurd is not a Linux system, and thus some " "information on Linux system may not apply to it." msgstr "" +"&debian; GNU/Hurd は Linux システムではなく、Linux システム向けの情報を適用で" +"きない場合もあることに注意してください。" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:370 @@ -638,11 +641,11 @@ msgid "" "debian-mirrors;\">list of &debian; mirrors</ulink> contains a full set of " "official &debian; mirrors, so you can easily find the nearest one." msgstr "" -"インターネットを通じて &debian-gnu; をダウンロードしたり &debian; の公式 CD を" -"購入したりするための情報については、<ulink url=\"&url-debian-distrib;\">入手" -"方法についてのページ</ulink> を参照して下さい。<ulink url=\"&url-debian-" -"mirrors;\">Debian のミラー一覧</ulink> には、&debian; の公式ミラーサイトがすべ" -"て載っていますので、もっとも近いサイトを簡単に探すことができます。" +"インターネットを通じて &debian-gnu; をダウンロードしたり &debian; の公式 CD " +"を購入したりするための情報については、<ulink url=\"&url-debian-distrib;\">入" +"手方法についてのページ</ulink> を参照して下さい。<ulink url=\"&url-debian-" +"mirrors;\">Debian のミラー一覧</ulink> には、&debian; の公式ミラーサイトがす" +"べて載っていますので、もっとも近いサイトを簡単に探すことができます。" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:398 @@ -652,9 +655,9 @@ msgid "" "procedure will help set up the system so that you can make those upgrades " "once installation is complete, if need be." msgstr "" -"&debian; は、インストール後に非常に簡単にアップグレードできます。このインストー" -"ル手順では、システムの設定についてお助けします。一度インストールが済んでしま" -"えば、必要に応じてこのようなアップグレードを行えるようになります。" +"&debian; は、インストール後に非常に簡単にアップグレードできます。このインス" +"トール手順では、システムの設定についてお助けします。一度インストールが済んで" +"しまえば、必要に応じてこのようなアップグレードを行えるようになります。" #. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:413 @@ -707,9 +710,9 @@ msgid "" "expert users to jump around in the document." msgstr "" "また熟練したユーザであっても、この文書で、最低限インストールに必要な容量や、" -"&debian; インストールシステムでサポートされるハードウェアの詳細など、参考になる" -"情報を得ることができるでしょう。熟練したユーザの方には、この文書のあちこちを" -"かいつまんでお読みになることをお勧めします。" +"&debian; インストールシステムでサポートされるハードウェアの詳細など、参考にな" +"る情報を得ることができるでしょう。熟練したユーザの方には、この文書のあちこち" +"をかいつまんでお読みになることをお勧めします。" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:449 @@ -743,8 +746,8 @@ msgid "" ">. If you are preparing a multi-boot system, you may need to create " "partitionable space on your hard disk for &debian; to use." msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"preparing\"/> では、既存のシステムをバックアップし、&debian; の" -"インストールに先だつシステム設計やハードウェアの設定を行います。もしマルチ" +"<xref linkend=\"preparing\"/> では、既存のシステムをバックアップし、&debian; " +"のインストールに先だつシステム設計やハードウェアの設定を行います。もしマルチ" "ブートシステムを考えているのでしたら、ハードディスク上に、&debian; 用パーティ" "ションを作るための空き領域を作っておく必要があるかもしれません。" @@ -783,10 +786,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/> に従って実際のインストールを実行してください。" "ここでは言語選択、周辺機器のドライバモジュールの設定、(CD からインストールし" -"ていない場合) 残りのインストールするファイルを &debian; サーバから直接取得する" -"ようなネットワーク接続の設定、ハードディスクのパーティション分割、基本システ" -"ムのインストールを行います。その後、インストールするタスクの選択を行います。" -"(&debian; システムのパーティションセットアップについては、<xref linkend=" +"ていない場合) 残りのインストールするファイルを &debian; サーバから直接取得す" +"るようなネットワーク接続の設定、ハードディスクのパーティション分割、基本シス" +"テムのインストールを行います。その後、インストールするタスクの選択を行いま" +"す。(&debian; システムのパーティションセットアップについては、<xref linkend=" "\"partitioning\"/> で背景を説明しています)" #. Tag: para @@ -808,8 +811,8 @@ msgid "" "about Unix and &debian;, and how to replace your kernel." msgstr "" "システムのインストールが終了したら、<xref linkend=\"post-install\"/> を読んで" -"下さい。この章では、Unix や &debian; に関する情報の探し方や、カーネルの交換の方" -"法が説明されます。" +"下さい。この章では、Unix や &debian; に関する情報の探し方や、カーネルの交換の" +"方法が説明されます。" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:515 @@ -918,12 +921,13 @@ msgid "" "FTP archives</quote>, for more information about the layout and contents of " "the archives." msgstr "" -"&debian; プロジェクトでは、ユーザの実用性に関する妥協から、私たちのフリーの基準" -"に適合しないパッケージも利用できるようになっています。これらは公式なディスト" -"リビューションの一部ではありませんが、&debian; ミラーの <userinput>contrib</" -"userinput> や <userinput>non-free</userinput> エリアまたはサードパーティ製 " -"CD-ROM で入手できます。<ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink> の " -"<quote>Debian FTP アーカイブ</quote>の節をご覧ください。" +"&debian; プロジェクトでは、ユーザの実用性に関する妥協から、私たちのフリーの基" +"準に適合しないパッケージも利用できるようになっています。これらは公式なディス" +"トリビューションの一部ではありませんが、&debian; ミラーの " +"<userinput>contrib</userinput> や <userinput>non-free</userinput> エリアまた" +"はサードパーティ製 CD-ROM で入手できます。<ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;" +"\">Debian FAQ</ulink> の <quote>Debian FTP アーカイブ</quote>の節をご覧くださ" +"い。" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:591 @@ -946,9 +950,9 @@ msgstr "" "がって利用許諾されています。この GPL は、プログラムのコピーを配布するときに" "は、必ずプログラムの<emphasis>ソースコード</emphasis>を利用可能にしておくこと" "を要求しています。これは、ユーザがそのソフトウェアを変更できることを保証する" -"ものです。そのため、私たちは、&debian; システムに含まれる GPL 準拠のプログラム" -"のソースコード<footnote> <para> &debian; ソースパッケージの探し方や展開の仕方や" -"バイナリの作成方法に関する情報については、<ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;" +"ものです。そのため、私たちは、&debian; システムに含まれる GPL 準拠のプログラ" +"ムのソースコード<footnote> <para> &debian; ソースパッケージの探し方や展開の仕" +"方やバイナリの作成方法に関する情報については、<ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;" "\">Debian FAQ</ulink> の <quote>Debian パッケージ管理システムの基本</quote>を" "ご覧ください。</para> </footnote>をすべて収録しています。" @@ -962,9 +966,9 @@ msgid "" "usr/share/doc/<replaceable>package-name</replaceable>/copyright </filename> " "once you've installed a package on your system." msgstr "" -"&debian; に収録されたプログラムの著作権やソフトウェアライセンスの形式には、他に" -"も数種あります。それぞれのプログラムの著作権やライセンスは、一度システムをイ" -"ンストールすれば、<filename>/usr/share/doc/<replaceable>パッケージ名</" +"&debian; に収録されたプログラムの著作権やソフトウェアライセンスの形式には、他" +"にも数種あります。それぞれのプログラムの著作権やライセンスは、一度システムを" +"インストールすれば、<filename>/usr/share/doc/<replaceable>パッケージ名</" "replaceable>/copyright </filename>ファイルを探せば見つけることができます。" #. Tag: para @@ -975,8 +979,8 @@ msgid "" "software is free enough to be included in the main distribution, see the " "<ulink url=\"&url-dfsg;\">Debian Free Software Guidelines</ulink>." msgstr "" -"ライセンスや、&debian; がメインディストリビューションにソフトウェアを収録する際" -"に用いているフリーの基準に関してより詳細な情報をお求めの場合は、<ulink url=" +"ライセンスや、&debian; がメインディストリビューションにソフトウェアを収録する" +"際に用いているフリーの基準に関してより詳細な情報をお求めの場合は、<ulink url=" "\"&url-dfsg;\">Debian フリーソフトウェアガイドライン</ulink>をご覧ください。" #. Tag: para diff --git a/po/pot/boot-installer.pot b/po/pot/boot-installer.pot index 8cce9bab1..243e39fec 100644 --- a/po/pot/boot-installer.pot +++ b/po/pot/boot-installer.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-10-10 12:35+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-12-29 12:07+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -1480,7 +1480,7 @@ msgid "A theme determines how the user interface of the installer looks (colors, msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2283 boot-installer.xml:2514 +#: boot-installer.xml:2283 boot-installer.xml:2516 #, no-c-format msgid "netcfg/disable_dhcp" msgstr "" @@ -1654,115 +1654,115 @@ msgid "Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to enter rescue mode rather than perfo msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2458 +#: boot-installer.xml:2460 #, no-c-format msgid "Using boot parameters to answer questions" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2459 +#: boot-installer.xml:2461 #, no-c-format msgid "With some exceptions, a value can be set at the boot prompt for any question asked during the installation, though this is only really useful in specific cases. General instructions how to do this can be found in <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/>. Some specific examples are listed below." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2471 +#: boot-installer.xml:2473 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/language (language)" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2472 +#: boot-installer.xml:2474 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/country (country)" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2473 +#: boot-installer.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/locale (locale)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2474 +#: boot-installer.xml:2476 #, no-c-format msgid "There are two ways to specify the language, country and locale to use for the installation and the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2479 +#: boot-installer.xml:2481 #, no-c-format msgid "The first and easiest is to pass only the parameter <literal>locale</literal>. Language and country will then be derived from its value. You can for example use <userinput>locale=de_CH</userinput> to select German as language and Switzerland as country (<literal>de_CH.UTF-8</literal> will be set as default locale for the installed system). Limitation is that not all possible combinations of language, country and locale can be achieved this way." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2488 +#: boot-installer.xml:2490 #, no-c-format msgid "The second, more flexible option is to specify <literal>language</literal> and <literal>country</literal> separately. In this case <literal>locale</literal> can optionally be added to specify a specific default locale for the installed system. Example: <userinput>language=en country=DE locale=en_GB.UTF-8</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2500 +#: boot-installer.xml:2502 #, no-c-format msgid "anna/choose_modules (modules)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2501 +#: boot-installer.xml:2503 #, no-c-format msgid "Can be used to automatically load installer components that are not loaded by default. Examples of optional components that may be useful are <classname>openssh-client-udeb</classname> (so you can use <command>scp</command> during the installation)<phrase arch=\"not-s390\"> and <classname>ppp-udeb</classname> (see <xref linkend=\"pppoe\"/>)</phrase>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2515 +#: boot-installer.xml:2517 #, no-c-format msgid "Set to <userinput>true</userinput> if you want to disable DHCP and instead force static network configuration." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2524 +#: boot-installer.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "mirror/protocol (protocol)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2525 +#: boot-installer.xml:2527 #, no-c-format msgid "By default the installer will use the http protocol to download files from &debian; mirrors and changing that to ftp is not possible during installations at normal priority. By setting this parameter to <userinput>ftp</userinput>, you can force the installer to use that protocol instead. Note that you cannot select an ftp mirror from a list, you have to enter the hostname manually." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2538 +#: boot-installer.xml:2540 #, no-c-format msgid "tasksel:tasksel/first (tasks)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2539 +#: boot-installer.xml:2541 #, no-c-format msgid "Can be used to select tasks that are not available from the interactive task list, such as the <literal>kde-desktop</literal> task. See <xref linkend=\"pkgsel\"/> for additional information." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2553 +#: boot-installer.xml:2555 #, no-c-format msgid "Passing parameters to kernel modules" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2554 +#: boot-installer.xml:2556 #, no-c-format msgid "If drivers are compiled into the kernel, you can pass parameters to them as described in the kernel documentation. However, if drivers are compiled as modules and because kernel modules are loaded a bit differently during an installation than when booting an installed system, it is not possible to pass parameters to modules as you would normally do. Instead, you need to use a special syntax recognized by the installer which will then make sure that the parameters are saved in the proper configuration files and will thus be used when the modules are actually loaded. The parameters will also be propagated automatically to the configuration for the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2567 +#: boot-installer.xml:2569 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that it is now quite rare that parameters need to be passed to modules. In most cases the kernel will be able to probe the hardware present in a system and set good defaults that way. However, in some situations it may still be needed to set parameters manually." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2574 +#: boot-installer.xml:2576 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The syntax to use to set parameters for modules is: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1771,133 +1771,133 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: boot-installer.xml:2584 +#: boot-installer.xml:2586 #, no-c-format msgid "3c509.xcvr=3 3c509.irq=10" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2590 +#: boot-installer.xml:2592 #, no-c-format msgid "Blacklisting kernel modules" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2591 +#: boot-installer.xml:2593 #, no-c-format msgid "Sometimes it may be necessary to blacklist a module to prevent it from being loaded automatically by the kernel and udev. One reason could be that a particular module causes problems with your hardware. The kernel also sometimes lists two different drivers for the same device. This can cause the device to not work correctly if the drivers conflict or if the wrong driver is loaded first." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2600 +#: boot-installer.xml:2602 #, no-c-format msgid "You can blacklist a module using the following syntax: <userinput><replaceable>module_name</replaceable>.blacklist=yes</userinput>. This will cause the module to be blacklisted in <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/blacklist.local</filename> both during the installation and for the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2608 +#: boot-installer.xml:2610 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that a module may still be loaded by the installation system itself. You can prevent that from happening by running the installation in expert mode and unselecting the module from the list of modules displayed during the hardware detection phases." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2625 +#: boot-installer.xml:2626 #, no-c-format msgid "Troubleshooting the Installation Process" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2630 +#: boot-installer.xml:2631 #, no-c-format msgid "CD-ROM Reliability" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2631 +#: boot-installer.xml:2632 #, no-c-format msgid "Sometimes, especially with older CD-ROM drives, the installer may fail to boot from a CD-ROM. The installer may also — even after booting successfully from CD-ROM — fail to recognize the CD-ROM or return errors while reading from it during the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2638 +#: boot-installer.xml:2639 #, no-c-format msgid "There are many different possible causes for these problems. We can only list some common issues and provide general suggestions on how to deal with them. The rest is up to you." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2644 +#: boot-installer.xml:2645 #, no-c-format msgid "There are two very simple things that you should try first." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2649 +#: boot-installer.xml:2650 #, no-c-format msgid "If the CD-ROM does not boot, check that it was inserted correctly and that it is not dirty." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2655 +#: boot-installer.xml:2656 #, no-c-format msgid "If the installer fails to recognize a CD-ROM, try just running the option <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Detect and mount CD-ROM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> a second time. Some DMA related issues with older CD-ROM drives are known to be resolved in this way." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2665 +#: boot-installer.xml:2666 #, no-c-format msgid "If this does not work, then try the suggestions in the subsections below. Most, but not all, suggestions discussed there are valid for both CD-ROM and DVD, but we'll use the term CD-ROM for simplicity." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2671 +#: boot-installer.xml:2672 #, no-c-format msgid "If you cannot get the installation working from CD-ROM, try one of the other installation methods that are available." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2679 +#: boot-installer.xml:2680 #, no-c-format msgid "Common issues" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2682 +#: boot-installer.xml:2683 #, no-c-format msgid "Some older CD-ROM drives do not support reading from discs that were burned at high speeds using a modern CD writer." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2688 +#: boot-installer.xml:2689 #, no-c-format msgid "If your system boots correctly from the CD-ROM, it does not necessarily mean that &arch-kernel; also supports the CD-ROM (or, more correctly, the controller that your CD-ROM drive is connected to)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2695 +#: boot-installer.xml:2696 #, no-c-format msgid "Some older CD-ROM drives do not work correctly if <quote>direct memory access</quote> (DMA) is enabled." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2706 +#: boot-installer.xml:2707 #, no-c-format msgid "How to investigate and maybe solve issues" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2707 +#: boot-installer.xml:2708 #, no-c-format msgid "If the CD-ROM fails to boot, try the suggestions listed below." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2712 +#: boot-installer.xml:2713 #, no-c-format msgid "Check that your BIOS actually supports booting from CD-ROM (older systems possibly don't) and that your CD-ROM drive supports the media you are using." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2718 +#: boot-installer.xml:2719 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you downloaded an iso image, check that the md5sum of that image matches the one listed for the image in the <filename>MD5SUMS</filename> file that should be present in the same location as where you downloaded the image from. <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1907,7 +1907,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: boot-installer.xml:2731 +#: boot-installer.xml:2732 #, no-c-format msgid "" "$ dd if=/dev/cdrom | \\\n" @@ -1920,19 +1920,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2736 +#: boot-installer.xml:2737 #, no-c-format msgid "If, after the installer has been booted successfully, the CD-ROM is not detected, sometimes simply trying again may solve the problem. If you have more than one CD-ROM drive, try changing the CD-ROM to the other drive. If that does not work or if the CD-ROM is recognized but there are errors when reading from it, try the suggestions listed below. Some basic knowledge of &arch-kernel; is required for this. To execute any of the commands, you should first switch to the second virtual console (VT2) and activate the shell there." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2748 +#: boot-installer.xml:2749 #, no-c-format msgid "Switch to VT4 or view the contents of <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> (use <command>nano</command> as editor) to check for any specific error messages. After that, also check the output of <command>dmesg</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2755 +#: boot-installer.xml:2756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check in the output of <command>dmesg</command> if your CD-ROM drive was recognized. You should see something like (the lines do not necessarily have to be consecutive): <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1945,13 +1945,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2769 +#: boot-installer.xml:2770 #, no-c-format msgid "Check that there is a device node for your CD-ROM drive under <filename>/dev/</filename>. In the example above, this would be <filename>/dev/hdc</filename>. There should also be a <filename>/dev/cdrom</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2777 +#: boot-installer.xml:2778 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the <command>mount</command> command to check if the CD-ROM is already mounted; if not, try mounting it manually: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1960,7 +1960,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2787 +#: boot-installer.xml:2788 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check if DMA is currently enabled: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1973,163 +1973,163 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2802 +#: boot-installer.xml:2803 #, no-c-format msgid "If there are any problems during the installation, try checking the integrity of the CD-ROM using the option near the bottom of the installer's main menu. This option can also be used as a general test if the CD-ROM can be read reliably." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2817 +#: boot-installer.xml:2818 #, no-c-format msgid "Floppy Disk Reliability" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2819 +#: boot-installer.xml:2820 #, no-c-format msgid "The biggest problem for people using floppy disks to install &debian; seems to be floppy disk reliability." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2824 +#: boot-installer.xml:2825 #, no-c-format msgid "The boot floppy is the floppy with the worst problems, because it is read by the hardware directly, before Linux boots. Often, the hardware doesn't read as reliably as the Linux floppy disk driver, and may just stop without printing an error message if it reads incorrect data. There can also be failures in the driver floppies, most of which indicate themselves with a flood of messages about disk I/O errors." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2833 +#: boot-installer.xml:2834 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are having the installation stall at a particular floppy, the first thing you should do is write the image to a <emphasis>different</emphasis> floppy and see if that solves the problem. Simply reformatting the old floppy may not be sufficient, even if it appears that the floppy was reformatted and written with no errors. It is sometimes useful to try writing the floppy on a different system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2842 +#: boot-installer.xml:2843 #, no-c-format msgid "One user reports he had to write the images to floppy <emphasis>three</emphasis> times before one worked, and then everything was fine with the third floppy." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2848 +#: boot-installer.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "Normally you should not have to download a floppy image again, but if you are experiencing problems it is always useful to verify that the images were downloaded correctly by verifying their md5sums." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2854 +#: boot-installer.xml:2855 #, no-c-format msgid "Other users have reported that simply rebooting a few times with the same floppy in the floppy drive can lead to a successful boot. This is all due to buggy hardware or firmware floppy drivers." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2863 +#: boot-installer.xml:2864 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Configuration" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2865 +#: boot-installer.xml:2866 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have problems and the kernel hangs during the boot process, doesn't recognize peripherals you actually have, or drives are not recognized properly, the first thing to check is the boot parameters, as discussed in <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2872 +#: boot-installer.xml:2873 #, no-c-format msgid "Often, problems can be solved by removing add-ons and peripherals, and then trying booting again. <phrase arch=\"any-x86\">Internal modems, sound cards, and Plug-n-Play devices can be especially problematic.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2878 +#: boot-installer.xml:2879 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have a large amount of memory installed in your machine, more than 512M, and the installer hangs when booting the kernel, you may need to include a boot argument to limit the amount of memory the kernel sees, such as <userinput>mem=512m</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2889 boot-installer.xml:2991 +#: boot-installer.xml:2890 boot-installer.xml:2992 #, no-c-format msgid "Common &arch-title; Installation Problems" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2890 +#: boot-installer.xml:2891 #, no-c-format msgid "There are some common installation problems that can be solved or avoided by passing certain boot parameters to the installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2895 +#: boot-installer.xml:2896 #, no-c-format msgid "Some systems have floppies with <quote>inverted DCLs</quote>. If you receive errors reading from the floppy, even when you know the floppy is good, try the parameter <userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2901 +#: boot-installer.xml:2902 #, no-c-format msgid "On some systems, such as the IBM PS/1 or ValuePoint (which have ST-506 disk drivers), the IDE drive may not be properly recognized. Again, try it first without the parameters and see if the IDE drive is recognized properly. If not, determine your drive geometry (cylinders, heads, and sectors), and use the parameter <userinput>hd=<replaceable>cylinders</replaceable>,<replaceable>heads</replaceable>,<replaceable>sectors</replaceable></userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2910 +#: boot-installer.xml:2911 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have a very old machine, and the kernel hangs after saying <computeroutput>Checking 'hlt' instruction...</computeroutput>, then you should try the <userinput>no-hlt</userinput> boot argument, which disables this test." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2917 +#: boot-installer.xml:2918 #, no-c-format msgid "Some systems (especially laptops) that have a native resolution that is not a 4:3 ratio (i.e. not for example 800x600 or 1024x768) may have a blank display after the installer has been booted. In that case adding the boot parameter <userinput>vga=788</userinput><footnote> <para> The parameter <userinput>vga=788</userinput> will activate the VESA framebuffer with a resolution of 800x600. This will probably work, but may not be the optimal resolution for your system. A list of supported resolutions can be obtained by using <userinput>vga=ask</userinput>, but you should be aware that list may not be complete. </para> </footnote> may help. If that does not work, try adding the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2935 +#: boot-installer.xml:2936 #, no-c-format msgid "If your screen begins to show a weird picture while the kernel boots, eg. pure white, pure black or colored pixel garbage, your system may contain a problematic video card which does not switch to the framebuffer mode properly. Then you can use the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput> to disable the framebuffer console. Only a reduced set of languages will be available during the installation due to limited console features. See <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> for details." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2949 +#: boot-installer.xml:2950 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze During the PCMCIA Configuration Phase" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2950 +#: boot-installer.xml:2951 #, no-c-format msgid "Some laptop models produced by Dell are known to crash when PCMCIA device detection tries to access some hardware addresses. Other laptops may display similar problems. If you experience such a problem and you don't need PCMCIA support during the installation, you can disable PCMCIA using the <userinput>hw-detect/start_pcmcia=false</userinput> boot parameter. You can then configure PCMCIA after the installation is completed and exclude the resource range causing the problems." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2960 +#: boot-installer.xml:2961 #, no-c-format msgid "Alternatively, you can boot the installer in expert mode. You will then be asked to enter the resource range options your hardware needs. For example, if you have one of the Dell laptops mentioned above, you should enter <userinput>exclude port 0x800-0x8ff</userinput> here. There is also a list of some common resource range options in the <ulink url=\"http://pcmcia-cs.sourceforge.net/ftp/doc/PCMCIA-HOWTO-1.html#ss1.12\">System resource settings section of the PCMCIA HOWTO</ulink>. Note that you have to omit the commas, if any, when you enter this value in the installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2977 +#: boot-installer.xml:2978 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze while Loading USB Modules" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2978 +#: boot-installer.xml:2979 #, no-c-format msgid "The kernel normally tries to install USB modules and the USB keyboard driver in order to support some non-standard USB keyboards. However, there are some broken USB systems where the driver hangs on loading. A possible workaround may be disabling the USB controller in your mainboard BIOS setup. Another option is passing the <userinput>nousb</userinput> parameter at the boot prompt." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2992 +#: boot-installer.xml:2993 #, no-c-format msgid "There are some common installation problems that are worth mentioning." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2998 +#: boot-installer.xml:2999 #, no-c-format msgid "Misdirected video output" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2999 +#: boot-installer.xml:3000 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is fairly common for &arch-title; to have two video cards in one machine, for example an ATI card and a Sun Creator 3D. In some cases, this may result in the video output getting misdirected soon after the system boots. In typical cases, the display will only show: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2139,85 +2139,85 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3013 +#: boot-installer.xml:3014 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that you may also have to manually add this parameter to the silo configuration (edit <filename>/target/etc/silo.conf</filename> before rebooting) and, if you installed X11, modify the video driver in <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3024 +#: boot-installer.xml:3025 #, no-c-format msgid "Failure to Boot or Install from CD-ROM" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3025 +#: boot-installer.xml:3026 #, no-c-format msgid "Some Sparc systems are notoriously difficult to boot from CD-ROM and even if they do boot, there may be inexplicable failures during the installation. Most problems have been reported with SunBlade systems." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3031 +#: boot-installer.xml:3032 #, no-c-format msgid "We recommend to install such systems by netbooting the installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3040 +#: boot-installer.xml:3041 #, no-c-format msgid "Interpreting the Kernel Startup Messages" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3042 +#: boot-installer.xml:3043 #, no-c-format msgid "During the boot sequence, you may see many messages in the form <computeroutput>can't find <replaceable>something</replaceable></computeroutput>, or <computeroutput><replaceable>something</replaceable> not present</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>can't initialize <replaceable>something</replaceable></computeroutput>, or even <computeroutput>this driver release depends on <replaceable>something</replaceable></computeroutput>. Most of these messages are harmless. You see them because the kernel for the installation system is built to run on computers with many different peripheral devices. Obviously, no one computer will have every possible peripheral device, so the operating system may emit a few complaints while it looks for peripherals you don't own. You may also see the system pause for a while. This happens when it is waiting for a device to respond, and that device is not present on your system. If you find the time it takes to boot the system unacceptably long, you can create a custom kernel later <phrase arch=\"linux-any\">(see <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>)</phrase>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3067 +#: boot-installer.xml:3068 #, no-c-format msgid "Reporting Installation Problems" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3068 +#: boot-installer.xml:3069 #, no-c-format msgid "If you get through the initial boot phase but cannot complete the install, the menu option <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> may be helpful. It lets you store system error logs and configuration information from the installer to a floppy, or download them using a web browser. This information may provide clues as to what went wrong and how to fix it. If you are submitting a bug report, you may want to attach this information to the bug report." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3079 +#: boot-installer.xml:3080 #, no-c-format msgid "Other pertinent installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted into the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3090 +#: boot-installer.xml:3091 #, no-c-format msgid "Submitting Installation Reports" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3091 +#: boot-installer.xml:3092 #, no-c-format msgid "If you still have problems, please submit an installation report. We also encourage installation reports to be sent even if the installation is successful, so that we can get as much information as possible on the largest number of hardware configurations." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3098 +#: boot-installer.xml:3099 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that your installation report will be published in the Debian Bug Tracking System (BTS) and forwarded to a public mailing list. Make sure that you use an e-mail address that you do not mind being made public." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3104 +#: boot-installer.xml:3105 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have a working &debian; system, the easiest way to send an installation report is to install the <classname>installation-report</classname> and <classname>reportbug</classname> packages (<command>aptitude install installation-report reportbug</command>), configure <classname>reportbug</classname> as explained in <xref linkend=\"mail-outgoing\"/>, and run the command <command>reportbug installation-reports</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3114 +#: boot-installer.xml:3115 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively you can use this template when filling out installation reports, and file the report as a bug report against the <classname>installation-reports</classname> pseudo package, by sending it to <email>submit@bugs.debian.org</email>. <informalexample><screen>\n" diff --git a/po/pot/install-methods.pot b/po/pot/install-methods.pot index 9e6764d0e..80c6dc7e6 100644 --- a/po/pot/install-methods.pot +++ b/po/pot/install-methods.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-10-29 05:56+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-12-29 12:07+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:1340 #, no-c-format -msgid "Historically, TFTP servers used <filename>/tftpboot</filename> as directory to serve images from. However, &debian-gnu; packages may use other directories to comply with the <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</ulink>. For example, <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> by default uses <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename>. You may have to adjust the configuration examples in this section accordingly." +msgid "Historically, TFTP servers used <filename>/tftpboot</filename> as directory to serve images from. However, &debian-gnu; packages may use other directories to comply with the <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</ulink>. For example, <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> by default uses <filename>/srv/tftp</filename>. You may have to adjust the configuration examples in this section accordingly." msgstr "" #. Tag: para diff --git a/po/pot/installation-howto.pot b/po/pot/installation-howto.pot index 79570d94a..f20ddeeed 100644 --- a/po/pot/installation-howto.pot +++ b/po/pot/installation-howto.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-10-10 12:35+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-12-29 12:07+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:178 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest thing to set up is probably PXE netbooting. Untar the file <filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> into <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename> or wherever is appropriate for your tftp server. Set up your DHCP server to pass filename <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to clients, and with luck everything will just work. For detailed instructions, see <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." +msgid "The easiest thing to set up is probably PXE netbooting. Untar the file <filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> into <filename>/srv/tftp</filename> or wherever is appropriate for your tftp server. Set up your DHCP server to pass filename <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to clients, and with luck everything will just work. For detailed instructions, see <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title diff --git a/po/pot/partitioning.pot b/po/pot/partitioning.pot index 14afa179f..3b0a2b363 100644 --- a/po/pot/partitioning.pot +++ b/po/pot/partitioning.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-10-10 12:35+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-12-29 12:07+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:268 #, no-c-format -msgid "On 32-bit architectures (i386, m68k, 32-bit SPARC, and PowerPC), the maximum size of a swap partition is 2GB. That should be enough for nearly any installation. However, if your swap requirements are this high, you should probably try to spread the swap across different disks (also called <quote>spindles</quote>) and, if possible, different SCSI or IDE channels. The kernel will balance swap usage between multiple swap partitions, giving better performance." +msgid "On some 32-bit architectures (m68k and PowerPC), the maximum size of a swap partition is 2GB. That should be enough for nearly any installation. However, if your swap requirements are this high, you should probably try to spread the swap across different disks (also called <quote>spindles</quote>) and, if possible, different SCSI or IDE channels. The kernel will balance swap usage between multiple swap partitions, giving better performance." msgstr "" #. Tag: para diff --git a/po/pot/preseed.pot b/po/pot/preseed.pot index 5cdcde17b..f61071809 100644 --- a/po/pot/preseed.pot +++ b/po/pot/preseed.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-10-29 05:56+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-12-29 12:07+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -713,32 +713,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Note that this example is based on an installation for the Intel x86 architecture. If you are installing a different architecture, some of the examples (like keyboard selection and bootloader installation) may not be relevant and will need to be replaced by debconf settings appropriate for your architecture." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:689 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Details on how the different Debian Installer components actually work can be found in <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." +msgstr "" + #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:692 +#: preseed.xml:697 #, no-c-format msgid "Localization" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:693 +#: preseed.xml:698 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting localization values will only work if you are using initrd preseeding. With all other methods the preconfiguration file will only be loaded after these questions have been asked." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:699 +#: preseed.xml:704 #, no-c-format msgid "The locale can be used to specify both language and country and can be any combination of a language supported by &d-i; and a recognized country. If the combination does not form a valid locale, the installer will automatically select a locale that is valid for the selected language. To specify the locale as a boot parameter, use <userinput>locale=<replaceable>en_US</replaceable></userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:708 +#: preseed.xml:713 #, no-c-format msgid "Although this method is very easy to use, it does not allow preseeding of all possible combinations of language, country and locale<footnote> <para> Preseeding <literal>locale</literal> to <userinput>en_NL</userinput> would for example result in <literal>en_US.UTF-8</literal> as default locale for the installed system. If e.g. <literal>en_GB.UTF-8</literal> is preferred instead, the values will need to be preseeded individually. </para> </footnote>. So alternatively the values can be preseeded individually. Language and country can also be specified as boot parameters." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:723 +#: preseed.xml:728 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Preseeding only locale sets language, country and locale.\n" @@ -753,13 +759,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:725 +#: preseed.xml:730 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyboard configuration consists of selecting a keyboard architecture and a keymap. In most cases the correct keyboard architecture is selected by default, so there's normally no need to preseed it. The keymap must be known to the &d-i; for the selected keyboard architecture." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:732 +#: preseed.xml:737 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Keyboard selection.\n" @@ -770,55 +776,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:734 +#: preseed.xml:739 #, no-c-format msgid "To skip keyboard configuration, preseed <classname>console-tools/archs</classname> with <userinput>skip-config</userinput>. This will result in the kernel keymap remaining active." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:743 +#: preseed.xml:748 #, no-c-format msgid "The changes in the input layer for 2.6 kernels have made the keyboard architecture virtually obsolete. For 2.6 kernels normally a <quote>PC</quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) keymap should be selected." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:753 +#: preseed.xml:758 #, no-c-format msgid "Network configuration" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:754 +#: preseed.xml:759 #, no-c-format msgid "Of course, preseeding the network configuration won't work if you're loading your preconfiguration file from the network. But it's great when you're booting from CD or USB stick. If you are loading preconfiguration files from the network, you can pass network config parameters by using kernel boot parameters." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:762 +#: preseed.xml:767 #, no-c-format msgid "If you need to pick a particular interface when netbooting before loading a preconfiguration file from the network, use a boot parameter such as <userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:768 +#: preseed.xml:773 #, no-c-format msgid "Although preseeding the network configuration is normally not possible when using network preseeding (using <quote>preseed/url</quote>), you can use the following hack to work around that, for example if you'd like to set a static address for the network interface. The hack is to force the network configuration to run again after the preconfiguration file has been loaded by creating a <quote>preseed/run</quote> script containing the following commands:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:778 +#: preseed.xml:783 #, no-c-format msgid "killall.sh; netcfg" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:780 +#: preseed.xml:785 #, no-c-format msgid "The following debconf variables are relevant for network configuration." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:786 +#: preseed.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Disable network configuration entirely. This is useful for cdrom\n" @@ -872,19 +878,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:788 +#: preseed.xml:793 #, no-c-format msgid "Please note that <command>netcfg</command> will automatically determine the netmask if <classname>netcfg/get_netmask</classname> is not preseeded. In this case, the variable has to be marked as <literal>seen</literal> for automatic installations. Similarly, <command>netcfg</command> will choose an appropriate address if <classname>netcfg/get_gateway</classname> is not set. As a special case, you can set <classname>netcfg/get_gateway</classname> to <quote>none</quote> to specify that no gateway should be used." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:804 +#: preseed.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "Network console" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:806 +#: preseed.xml:811 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Use the following settings if you wish to make use of the network-console\n" @@ -896,31 +902,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:811 +#: preseed.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "Mirror settings" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:812 +#: preseed.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used to download additional components of the installer, to install the base system, and to set up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:819 +#: preseed.xml:824 #, no-c-format msgid "The parameter <classname>mirror/suite</classname> determines the suite for the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:824 +#: preseed.xml:829 #, no-c-format msgid "The parameter <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> determines the suite for additional components for the installer. It is only useful to set this if components are actually downloaded over the network and should match the suite that was used to build the initrd for the installation method used for the installation. Normally the installer will automatically use the correct value and there should be no need to set this." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:835 +#: preseed.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# If you select ftp, the mirror/country string does not need to be set.\n" @@ -937,13 +943,81 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:840 +#: preseed.xml:845 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Account setup" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:846 +#, no-c-format +msgid "The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular user's account can be preseeded. For the passwords you can use either clear text values or MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:853 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with access to the preconfiguration file will have the knowledge of these passwords. Using MD5 hashes is considered slightly better in terms of security but it might also give a false sense of security as access to a MD5 hash allows for brute force attacks." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:863 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" + "# Skip creation of a root account (normal user account will be able to\n" + "# use sudo).\n" + "#d-i passwd/root-login boolean false\n" + "# Alternatively, to skip creation of a normal user account.\n" + "#d-i passwd/make-user boolean false\n" + "\n" + "# Root password, either in clear text\n" + "#d-i passwd/root-password password r00tme\n" + "#d-i passwd/root-password-again password r00tme\n" + "# or encrypted using an MD5 hash.\n" + "#d-i passwd/root-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]\n" + "\n" + "# To create a normal user account.\n" + "#d-i passwd/user-fullname string Debian User\n" + "#d-i passwd/username string debian\n" + "# Normal user's password, either in clear text\n" + "#d-i passwd/user-password password insecure\n" + "#d-i passwd/user-password-again password insecure\n" + "# or encrypted using an MD5 hash.\n" + "#d-i passwd/user-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]\n" + "# Create the first user with the specified UID instead of the default.\n" + "#d-i passwd/user-uid string 1010\n" + "\n" + "# The user account will be added to some standard initial groups. To\n" + "# override that, use this.\n" + "#d-i passwd/user-default-groups string audio cdrom video" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:865 +#, no-c-format +msgid "The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and <classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> variables can also be preseeded with <quote>!</quote> as their value. In that case, the corresponding account is disabled. This may be convenient for the root account, provided of course that an alternative method is set up to allow administrative activities or root login (for instance by using SSH key authentication or <command>sudo</command>)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:875 +#, no-c-format +msgid "The following command can be used to generate an MD5 hash for a password:" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:879 +#, no-c-format +msgid "$ printf \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -m md5" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:885 #, no-c-format msgid "Clock and time zone setup" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:842 +#: preseed.xml:887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" @@ -960,43 +1034,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:847 +#: preseed.xml:892 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:848 +#: preseed.xml:893 #, no-c-format msgid "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is limited to what is supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to partition either existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout of the disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe from a recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:856 +#: preseed.xml:901 #, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding of advanced partition setups using RAID, LVM and encryption is supported, but not with the full flexibility possible when partitioning during a non-preseeded install." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:862 +#: preseed.xml:907 #, no-c-format msgid "The examples below only provide basic information on the use of recipes. For detailed information see the files <filename>partman-auto-recipe.txt</filename> and <filename>partman-auto-raid-recipe.txt</filename> included in the <classname>debian-installer</classname> package. Both files are also available from the <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-websvn;/trunk/installer/doc/devel/\">&d-i; source repository</ulink>. Note that the supported functionality may change between releases." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:876 +#: preseed.xml:921 #, no-c-format msgid "The identification of disks is dependent on the order in which their drivers are loaded. If there are multiple disks in the system, make very sure the correct one will be selected before using preseeding." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:885 +#: preseed.xml:930 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning example" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:887 +#: preseed.xml:932 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that space.\n" @@ -1071,31 +1145,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:891 +#: preseed.xml:936 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning using RAID" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:892 +#: preseed.xml:937 #, no-c-format msgid "You can also use preseeding to set up partitions on software RAID arrays. Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 5, 6 and 10, creating degraded arrays and specifying spare devices." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:898 +#: preseed.xml:943 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are using RAID 1, you can preseed grub to install to all devices used in the array; see <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootloader\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:905 +#: preseed.xml:950 #, no-c-format msgid "This type of automated partitioning is easy to get wrong. It is also functionality that receives relatively little testing from the developers of &d-i;. The responsibility to get the various recipes right (so they make sense and don't conflict) lies with the user. Check <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> if you run into problems." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:915 +#: preseed.xml:960 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# The method should be set to \"raid\".\n" @@ -1149,31 +1223,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:920 +#: preseed.xml:965 #, no-c-format msgid "Controlling how partitions are mounted" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:921 +#: preseed.xml:966 #, no-c-format msgid "Normally, filesystems are mounted using a universally unique identifier (UUID) as a key; this allows them to be mounted properly even if their device name changes. UUIDs are long and difficult to read, so, if you prefer, the installer can mount filesystems based on the traditional device names, or based on a label you assign. If you ask the installer to mount by label, any filesystems without a label will be mounted using a UUID instead." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:930 +#: preseed.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "Devices with stable names, such as LVM logical volumes, will continue to use their traditional names rather than UUIDs." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:937 +#: preseed.xml:982 #, no-c-format msgid "Traditional device names may change based on the order in which the kernel discovers devices at boot, which may cause the wrong filesystem to be mounted. Similarly, labels are likely to clash if you plug in a new disk or a USB drive, and if that happens your system's behaviour when started will be random." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:947 +#: preseed.xml:992 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# The default is to mount by UUID, but you can also choose \"traditional\" to\n" @@ -1183,19 +1257,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:953 +#: preseed.xml:998 #, no-c-format msgid "Base system installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:954 +#: preseed.xml:999 #, no-c-format msgid "There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the installation. The only questions asked concern the installation of the kernel." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:961 +#: preseed.xml:1006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Configure APT to not install recommended packages by default. Use of this\n" @@ -1212,87 +1286,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:966 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Account setup" -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:967 -#, no-c-format -msgid "The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular user's account can be preseeded. For the passwords you can use either clear text values or MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:974 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with access to the preconfiguration file will have the knowledge of these passwords. Using MD5 hashes is considered slightly better in terms of security but it might also give a false sense of security as access to a MD5 hash allows for brute force attacks." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:984 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" - "# Skip creation of a root account (normal user account will be able to\n" - "# use sudo).\n" - "#d-i passwd/root-login boolean false\n" - "# Alternatively, to skip creation of a normal user account.\n" - "#d-i passwd/make-user boolean false\n" - "\n" - "# Root password, either in clear text\n" - "#d-i passwd/root-password password r00tme\n" - "#d-i passwd/root-password-again password r00tme\n" - "# or encrypted using an MD5 hash.\n" - "#d-i passwd/root-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]\n" - "\n" - "# To create a normal user account.\n" - "#d-i passwd/user-fullname string Debian User\n" - "#d-i passwd/username string debian\n" - "# Normal user's password, either in clear text\n" - "#d-i passwd/user-password password insecure\n" - "#d-i passwd/user-password-again password insecure\n" - "# or encrypted using an MD5 hash.\n" - "#d-i passwd/user-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]\n" - "# Create the first user with the specified UID instead of the default.\n" - "#d-i passwd/user-uid string 1010\n" - "\n" - "# The user account will be added to some standard initial groups. To\n" - "# override that, use this.\n" - "#d-i passwd/user-default-groups string audio cdrom video" -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:986 -#, no-c-format -msgid "The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and <classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> variables can also be preseeded with <quote>!</quote> as their value. In that case, the corresponding account is disabled. This may be convenient for the root account, provided of course that an alternative method is set up to allow administrative activities or root login (for instance by using SSH key authentication or <command>sudo</command>)." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:996 -#, no-c-format -msgid "The following command can be used to generate an MD5 hash for a password:" -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:1000 -#, no-c-format -msgid "$ printf \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -m md5" -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:1006 +#: preseed.xml:1011 #, no-c-format msgid "Apt setup" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:1007 +#: preseed.xml:1012 #, no-c-format msgid "Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic configuration options is fully automated based on your installation method and answers to earlier questions. You can optionally add other (local) repositories." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:1015 +#: preseed.xml:1020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" @@ -1324,97 +1330,97 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:1020 +#: preseed.xml:1025 #, no-c-format msgid "Package selection" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:1021 +#: preseed.xml:1026 #, no-c-format msgid "You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. Available tasks as of this writing include:" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:1030 +#: preseed.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "standard" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:1033 +#: preseed.xml:1038 #, no-c-format msgid "desktop" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:1036 +#: preseed.xml:1041 #, no-c-format msgid "gnome-desktop" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:1039 +#: preseed.xml:1044 #, no-c-format msgid "kde-desktop" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:1042 +#: preseed.xml:1047 #, no-c-format msgid "web-server" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:1045 +#: preseed.xml:1050 #, no-c-format msgid "print-server" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:1048 +#: preseed.xml:1053 #, no-c-format msgid "dns-server" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:1051 +#: preseed.xml:1056 #, no-c-format msgid "file-server" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:1054 +#: preseed.xml:1059 #, no-c-format msgid "mail-server" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:1057 +#: preseed.xml:1062 #, no-c-format msgid "sql-database" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:1060 +#: preseed.xml:1065 #, no-c-format msgid "laptop" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:1064 +#: preseed.xml:1069 #, no-c-format msgid "You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set of packages in some other way. We recommend always including the <userinput>standard</userinput> task." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:1070 +#: preseed.xml:1075 #, no-c-format msgid "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages installed by tasks, you can use the parameter <classname>pkgsel/include</classname>. The value of this parameter can be a list of packages separated by either commas or spaces, which allows it to be used easily on the kernel command line as well." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:1080 +#: preseed.xml:1085 #, no-c-format msgid "" "#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, web-server\n" @@ -1436,13 +1442,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:1085 +#: preseed.xml:1090 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot loader installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:1087 +#: preseed.xml:1092 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"linux-any\"># Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" @@ -1490,19 +1496,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:1089 +#: preseed.xml:1094 #, no-c-format msgid "An MD5 hash for a password for <classname>grub</classname> can be generated using <command>grub-md5-crypt</command>, or using the command from the example in <xref linkend=\"preseed-account\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:1099 +#: preseed.xml:1104 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing up the installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:1101 +#: preseed.xml:1106 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# During installations from serial console, the regular virtual consoles\n" @@ -1525,13 +1531,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:1106 +#: preseed.xml:1111 #, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding other packages" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:1108 +#: preseed.xml:1113 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" @@ -1544,25 +1550,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:1115 +#: preseed.xml:1120 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:1118 +#: preseed.xml:1123 #, no-c-format msgid "Running custom commands during the installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:1119 +#: preseed.xml:1124 #, no-c-format msgid "A very powerful and flexible option offered by the preconfiguration tools is the ability to run commands or scripts at certain points in the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:1127 +#: preseed.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" @@ -1588,13 +1594,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:1132 +#: preseed.xml:1137 #, no-c-format msgid "Using preseeding to change default values" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:1133 +#: preseed.xml:1138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to use preseeding to change the default answer for a question, but still have the question asked. To do this the <firstterm>seen</firstterm> flag must be reset to <quote>false</quote> after setting the value for a question. <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1604,31 +1610,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:1147 +#: preseed.xml:1152 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that the <quote>d-i</quote> owner should only be used for variables used in the installer itself. For variables belonging to packages installed on the target system, you should use the name of that package instead. See the footnote to <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:1154 +#: preseed.xml:1159 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are preseeding using boot parameters, you can make the installer ask the corresponding question by using the <quote>?=</quote> operator, i.e. <userinput><replaceable>foo</replaceable>/<replaceable>bar</replaceable>?=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> (or <userinput><replaceable>owner</replaceable>:<replaceable>foo/bar</replaceable>?=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput>). This will of course only have effect for parameters that correspond to questions that are actually displayed during an installation and not for <quote>internal</quote> parameters." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:1168 +#: preseed.xml:1173 #, no-c-format msgid "Chainloading preconfiguration files" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:1169 +#: preseed.xml:1174 #, no-c-format msgid "It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a preconfiguration file. Any settings in those files will override pre-existing settings from files loaded earlier. This makes it possible to put, for example, general networking settings for your location in one file and more specific settings for certain configurations in other files." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:1179 +#: preseed.xml:1184 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# More than one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" @@ -1656,7 +1662,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:1181 +#: preseed.xml:1186 #, no-c-format msgid "It is also possible to chainload from the initrd or file preseeding phase, into network preseeding by setting preseed/url in the earlier files. This will cause network preseeding to be performed when the network comes up. You need to be careful when doing this, since there will be two distinct runs at preseeding, meaning for example that you get another chance to run the preseed/early command, the second one happening after the network comes up." msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pot/random-bits.pot b/po/pot/random-bits.pot index 8e4b78492..9b9b3c276 100644 --- a/po/pot/random-bits.pot +++ b/po/pot/random-bits.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-10-29 05:56+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-12-29 12:07+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:199 #, no-c-format -msgid "A standard installation for the i386 architecture, including all standard packages and using the default 2.6 kernel, takes up &std-system-size;MB of disk space. A minimal base installation, without the <quote>Standard system</quote> task selected, will take &base-system-size;MB." +msgid "A standard installation for the amd64 architecture, including all standard packages and using the default 2.6 kernel, takes up &std-system-size;MB of disk space. A minimal base installation, without the <quote>Standard system</quote> task selected, will take &base-system-size;MB." msgstr "" #. Tag: para diff --git a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot index 031d2a9c3..793344190 100644 --- a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot +++ b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-10-29 05:56+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-12-29 12:07+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -908,7 +908,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1093 #, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase arch=\"arm;mipsel\"><emphasis>ext2r0</emphasis>,</phrase> <emphasis>ext2</emphasis>, <emphasis>ext3</emphasis>, <emphasis>ext4</emphasis>" +msgid "<phrase arch=\"arm;mipsel\"><emphasis>ext2r0</emphasis>,</phrase> <emphasis>ext2</emphasis>, <phrase arch=\"linux-any\"><emphasis>ext3</emphasis>,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"linux-any\"><emphasis>ext4</emphasis></phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para @@ -923,212 +923,254 @@ msgstr "" msgid "<emphasis>jfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: emphasis +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 +#, no-c-format +msgid "<emphasis>ufs</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1106 +#: using-d-i.xml:1108 +#, no-c-format +msgid "The default file system is UFS." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1111 #, no-c-format msgid "<emphasis>xfs</emphasis> (not available on all architectures)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: emphasis +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 +#, no-c-format +msgid "<emphasis>zfs</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 +#, no-c-format +msgid "As ZFS support in the installer is still in development, only a basic subset of ZFS features are supported. Some of them can be enabled manually after the initial install, but there are some caveats:" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: listitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1121 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Each ZFS pool will host only one filesystem. After install is finished, more filesystems can be created on this pool by using the <quote>zfs create</quote> command." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: listitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Each ZFS pool will be composed of exactly one partition. After install is finished, a single-device ZFS pool can be converted into a multi-device pool by using the <quote>zpool add</quote> command, or into a mirrored pool by using the <quote>zpool attach</quote> command. However, you shouldn't do this on the pool that hosts root filesystem, as it would prevent GRUB from booting your system." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: listitem +#: using-d-i.xml:1134 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Compression is not currently supported. After the install is finished, compression can be enabled by setting the <quote>compression</quote> property via the <quote>zfs set</quote> command. However, if a compression algorithm other than the default (lzjb) is used on the pool that hosts your root filesystem, this may prevent GRUB from booting your system." +msgstr "" + #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1109 +#: using-d-i.xml:1143 #, no-c-format msgid "<emphasis>reiserfs</emphasis> (optional; not available on all architectures)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1111 +#: using-d-i.xml:1145 #, no-c-format msgid "Support for the Reiser file system is no longer available by default. When the installer is running at medium or low debconf priority it can be enabled by selecting the <classname>partman-reiserfs</classname> component. Only version 3 of the file system is supported." msgstr "" #. Tag: emphasis -#: using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1152 #, no-c-format msgid "jffs2" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "Used on some systems to read flash memory. It is not possible to create new jffs2 partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: emphasis -#: using-d-i.xml:1124 +#: using-d-i.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "qnx4" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 +#: using-d-i.xml:1159 #, no-c-format msgid "Existing partitions will be recognized and it is possible to assign mount points for them. It is not possible to create new qnx4 partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1129 +#: using-d-i.xml:1163 #, no-c-format msgid "<emphasis>FAT16</emphasis>, <emphasis>FAT32</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1132 +#: using-d-i.xml:1166 #, no-c-format msgid "<emphasis>NTFS</emphasis> (read-only)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1168 #, no-c-format msgid "Existing NTFS partitions can be resized and it is possible to assign mount points for them. It is not possible to create new NTFS partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1144 +#: using-d-i.xml:1178 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1145 +#: using-d-i.xml:1179 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted LVM<footnote> <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using a 256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> support. </para> </footnote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1160 +#: using-d-i.xml:1194 #, no-c-format msgid "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1199 #, no-c-format msgid "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1174 +#: using-d-i.xml:1208 #, no-c-format msgid "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the disk by writing random data to it. This further improves security (as it makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may take some time depending on the size of your disk." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1183 +#: using-d-i.xml:1217 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before they are written to disk." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1193 +#: using-d-i.xml:1227 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may differ from what you are used to. The size of the disks may help to identify them." +msgid "If you choose guided partitioning<phrase arch=\"linux-any\"> (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM)</phrase> for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may differ from what you are used to. The size of the disks may help to identify them." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1202 +#: using-d-i.xml:1236 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not possible." +msgid "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. <phrase arch=\"linux-any\"> If you have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not possible. </phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1210 +#: using-d-i.xml:1246 #, no-c-format msgid "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1226 +#: using-d-i.xml:1262 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1227 +#: using-d-i.xml:1263 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1228 +#: using-d-i.xml:1264 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1234 +#: using-d-i.xml:1270 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1235 +#: using-d-i.xml:1271 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1236 +#: using-d-i.xml:1272 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1238 +#: using-d-i.xml:1274 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1239 +#: using-d-i.xml:1275 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1240 +#: using-d-i.xml:1276 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#: using-d-i.xml:1280 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1245 +#: using-d-i.xml:1281 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1246 +#: using-d-i.xml:1282 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1255 +#: using-d-i.xml:1291 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, including the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1261 +#: using-d-i.xml:1297 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1269 +#: using-d-i.xml:1305 #, no-c-format msgid "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted and where they will be mounted." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1275 +#: using-d-i.xml:1311 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1151,601 +1193,601 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1288 +#: using-d-i.xml:1324 #, no-c-format msgid "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1302 +#: using-d-i.xml:1338 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1303 +#: using-d-i.xml:1339 #, no-c-format msgid "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown and without the mount points. How to manually set up your partition table and the usage of partitions by your new &debian; system will be covered in the remainder of this section." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1311 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on it, you will be asked if a new partition table should be created (this is needed so you can create new partitions). After this, a new line entitled <quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear in the table under the selected disk." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1319 +#: using-d-i.xml:1355 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). After this, you will be presented with a detailed overview of your new partition. The main setting is <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, which determines if the partition will have a file system on it, or be used for swap, software RAID, LVM, an encrypted file system, or not be used at all. Other settings include mountpoint, mount options, and bootable flag; which settings are shown depends on how the partition is to be used. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose a different filesystem for this partition, including options to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Another nice feature is the ability to copy data from an existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will return to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." +msgid "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). After this, you will be presented with a detailed overview of your new partition. The main setting is <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, which determines if the partition will have a file system on it, or be used for swap,<phrase arch=\"linux-any\"> software RAID, LVM, an encrypted file system,</phrase> or not be used at all. Other settings include mountpoint, mount options, and bootable flag; which settings are shown depends on how the partition is to be used. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose a different filesystem for this partition, including options to use the partition for swap,<phrase arch=\"linux-any\"> software RAID, LVM,</phrase> or not use it at all. Another nice feature is the ability to copy data from an existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will return to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1341 +#: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, no-c-format msgid "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration menu. This is the same screen as is used when creating a new partition, so you can change the same settings. One thing that may not be very obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1388 #, no-c-format msgid "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you correct this issue." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1360 +#: using-d-i.xml:1396 #, no-c-format msgid "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate one." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1402 #, no-c-format msgid "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e.g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1374 +#: using-d-i.xml:1410 #, no-c-format msgid "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1402 +#: using-d-i.xml:1438 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1403 +#: using-d-i.xml:1439 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can construct an MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, but that won't give any benefits. </para></footnote> in your computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to set up your drives for increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1416 +#: using-d-i.xml:1452 #, no-c-format msgid "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1424 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will lose <emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally-sized partitions where every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the RAID). Third, file-reads are load-balanced among the disks, which can improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incoming data into stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disk (similar to RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, RAID5 has a similar degree of reliability to RAID1 while achieving less redundancy. On the other hand, it might be a bit slower on write operations than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID6</term><listitem><para> Is similar to RAID5 except that it uses two parity devices instead of one. </para><para> A RAID6 array can survive up to two disk failures. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID10</term><listitem><para> RAID10 combines striping (as in RAID0) and mirroring (as in RAID1). It creates <replaceable>n</replaceable> copies of incoming data and distributes them across the partitions so that none of the copies of the same data are on the same device. The default value of <replaceable>n</replaceable> is 2, but it can be set to something else in expert mode. The number of partitions used must be at least <replaceable>n</replaceable>. RAID10 has different layouts for distributing the copies. The default is near copies. Near copies have all of the copies at about the same offset on all of the disks. Far copies have the copies at different offsets on the disks. Offset copies copy the stripe, not the individual copies. </para><para> RAID10 can be used to achieve reliability and redundancy without the drawback of having to calculate parity. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1538 +#: using-d-i.xml:1574 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1539 +#: using-d-i.xml:1575 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1540 +#: using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1541 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1548 +#: using-d-i.xml:1584 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1549 using-d-i.xml:1557 using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1585 using-d-i.xml:1593 using-d-i.xml:1623 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1550 using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1586 using-d-i.xml:1587 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1552 +#: using-d-i.xml:1588 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1556 +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1558 using-d-i.xml:1566 using-d-i.xml:1577 using-d-i.xml:1588 +#: using-d-i.xml:1594 using-d-i.xml:1602 using-d-i.xml:1613 using-d-i.xml:1624 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 using-d-i.xml:1567 using-d-i.xml:1578 using-d-i.xml:1589 +#: using-d-i.xml:1595 using-d-i.xml:1603 using-d-i.xml:1614 using-d-i.xml:1625 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1560 +#: using-d-i.xml:1596 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1564 +#: using-d-i.xml:1600 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1565 +#: using-d-i.xml:1601 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1568 +#: using-d-i.xml:1604 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID minus one)" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1575 +#: using-d-i.xml:1611 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1615 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID minus two)" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1586 +#: using-d-i.xml:1622 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1590 +#: using-d-i.xml:1626 #, no-c-format msgid "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to two)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1597 +#: using-d-i.xml:1633 #, no-c-format msgid "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1602 +#: using-d-i.xml:1638 #, no-c-format msgid "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1611 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are planning. In general it will be necessary to create a separate file system for <filename>/boot</filename> when using RAID for the root (<filename>/</filename>) file system. Most boot loaders <phrase arch=\"x86\">(including lilo and grub)</phrase> do support mirrored (not striped!) RAID1, so using for example RAID5 for <filename>/</filename> and RAID1 for <filename>/boot</filename> can be an option." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1623 +#: using-d-i.xml:1659 #, no-c-format msgid "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) file system. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps manually from a shell." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1632 +#: using-d-i.xml:1668 #, no-c-format msgid "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> from the main <command>partman</command> menu. (The menu will only appear after you mark at least one partition for use as <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem>.) On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you selected." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1645 +#: using-d-i.xml:1681 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form the MD." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1652 +#: using-d-i.xml:1688 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected partitions must be equal to the number provided earlier. Don't worry. If you make a mistake and select a different number of partitions, &d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1664 +#: using-d-i.xml:1700 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you need to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1670 +#: using-d-i.xml:1706 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least <emphasis>four</emphasis> active partitions are required." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1676 +#: using-d-i.xml:1712 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. In expert mode, &d-i; will ask you for the layout. The layout has two parts. The first part is the layout type. It is either <literal>n</literal> (for near copies), <literal>f</literal> (for far copies), or <literal>o</literal> (for offset copies). The second part is the number of copies to make of the data. There must be at least that many active devices so that all of the copies can be distributed onto different disks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1690 +#: using-d-i.xml:1726 #, no-c-format msgid "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, if you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two 100 GB partitions, you can combine the first partitions on all three disks into the RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition for <filename>/home</filename>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1699 +#: using-d-i.xml:1735 #, no-c-format msgid "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the <command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1714 +#: using-d-i.xml:1750 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1715 +#: using-d-i.xml:1751 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or <quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this situation by moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1723 +#: using-d-i.xml:1759 #, no-c-format msgid "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called <firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across several physical disks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1733 +#: using-d-i.xml:1769 #, no-c-format msgid "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1744 +#: using-d-i.xml:1780 #, no-c-format msgid "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside <command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1753 +#: using-d-i.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows valid actions. The possible actions are:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1764 +#: using-d-i.xml:1800 #, no-c-format msgid "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1769 +#: using-d-i.xml:1805 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1775 +#: using-d-i.xml:1811 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1778 +#: using-d-i.xml:1814 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1781 +#: using-d-i.xml:1817 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1784 +#: using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1786 +#: using-d-i.xml:1822 #, no-c-format msgid "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</command> screen" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1792 +#: using-d-i.xml:1828 #, no-c-format msgid "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create your logical volumes inside it." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1797 +#: using-d-i.xml:1833 #, no-c-format msgid "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions (and you should treat them as such)." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1811 +#: using-d-i.xml:1847 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1812 +#: using-d-i.xml:1848 #, no-c-format msgid "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to such a partition is immediately saved to the device in encrypted form. Access to the encrypted data is granted only after entering the <firstterm>passphrase</firstterm> used when the encrypted partition was originally created. This feature is useful to protect sensitive data in case your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the hard drive will look like random characters." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1824 +#: using-d-i.xml:1860 #, no-c-format msgid "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where your private data resides, and the swap partition, where sensitive data might be stored temporarily during operation. Of course, nothing prevents you from encrypting any other partitions that might be of interest. For example <filename>/var</filename> where database servers, mail servers or print servers store their data, or <filename>/tmp</filename> which is used by various programs to store potentially interesting temporary files. Some people may even want to encrypt their whole system. The only exception is the <filename>/boot</filename> partition which must remain unencrypted, because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1839 +#: using-d-i.xml:1875 #, no-c-format msgid "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, chosen cipher and a key length." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1846 +#: using-d-i.xml:1882 #, no-c-format msgid "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID volume). In the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu, you need to select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1857 +#: using-d-i.xml:1893 #, no-c-format msgid "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (included in newer Linux kernels, able to host LVM physical volumes), the other is <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> (older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1869 +#: using-d-i.xml:1905 #, no-c-format msgid "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully chosen with security in mind." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1879 +#: using-d-i.xml:1915 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1881 +#: using-d-i.xml:1917 #, no-c-format msgid "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</firstterm>) which will be used to encrypt the data on the partition. &d-i; currently supports the following block ciphers: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, and <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. It is beyond the scope of this document to discuss the qualities of these different algorithms, however, it might help your decision to know that in 2000, <emphasis>AES</emphasis> was chosen by the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st century." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1899 +#: using-d-i.xml:1935 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1901 +#: using-d-i.xml:1937 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key size, the strength of the encryption is generally improved. On the other hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1913 +#: using-d-i.xml:1949 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1915 +#: using-d-i.xml:1951 #, no-c-format msgid "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</firstterm> algorithm is used in cryptography to ensure that applying the cipher on the same <firstterm>clear text</firstterm> data with the same key always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the encrypted data." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1925 +#: using-d-i.xml:1961 #, no-c-format msgid "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput> is currently the least vulnerable to known attacks. Use the other alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1937 +#: using-d-i.xml:1973 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1939 +#: using-d-i.xml:1975 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1945 +#: using-d-i.xml:1981 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1946 +#: using-d-i.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase which you will be able to enter later in the process." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1961 using-d-i.xml:2054 +#: using-d-i.xml:1997 using-d-i.xml:2090 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1962 +#: using-d-i.xml:1998 #, no-c-format msgid "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to bring up the encrypted partition. In other words: on every shutdown the content of the partition will be lost as the key is deleted from memory. (Of course, you could try to guess the key with a brute force attack, but unless there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable in our lifetime.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1971 +#: using-d-i.xml:2007 #, no-c-format msgid "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother yourself with remembering the passphrase or wiping sensitive information from the swap partition before shutting down your computer. However, it also means that you will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be able to use the <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended data written to the swap partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1990 using-d-i.xml:2067 +#: using-d-i.xml:2026 using-d-i.xml:2103 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1992 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with random data before setting up the encryption. This is recommended because it might otherwise be possible for an attacker to discern which parts of the partition are in use and which are not. In addition, this will make it harder to recover any leftover data from previous installations<footnote><para> It is believed that the guys from three-letter agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2012 +#: using-d-i.xml:2048 #, no-c-format msgid "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, the menu changes to provide the following options:" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2021 +#: using-d-i.xml:2057 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2023 +#: using-d-i.xml:2059 #, no-c-format msgid "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2033 +#: using-d-i.xml:2069 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2035 +#: using-d-i.xml:2071 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2041 +#: using-d-i.xml:2077 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2042 +#: using-d-i.xml:2078 #, no-c-format msgid "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase (you will be asked to provide one later in the process)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2055 +#: using-d-i.xml:2091 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2069 +#: using-d-i.xml:2105 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2078 +#: using-d-i.xml:2114 #, no-c-format msgid "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted partitions, return back to the main partitioning menu. There should now be a new menu item called <guimenu>Configure encrypted volumes</guimenu>. After you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2088 +#: using-d-i.xml:2124 #, no-c-format msgid "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to use one. Good passphrases should be longer than 8 characters, should be a mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2097 +#: using-d-i.xml:2133 #, no-c-format msgid "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your keyboard is configured correctly and generates the expected characters. If you are unsure, you can switch to the second virtual console and type some text at the prompt. This ensures that you won't be surprised later, e.g. by trying to input a passphrase using a qwerty keyboard layout when you used an azerty layout during the installation. This situation can have several causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet when entering the passphrase for the root file system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2110 +#: using-d-i.xml:2146 #, no-c-format msgid "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption keys, they will be generated now. Because the kernel may not have gathered a sufficient amount of entropy at this early stage of the installation, the process may take a long time. You can help speed up the process by generating entropy: e.g. by pressing random keys, or by switching to the shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2126 +#: using-d-i.xml:2162 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted volumes as additional partitions which can be configured in the same way as ordinary partitions. The following example shows two different volumes. The first one is encrypted via dm-crypt, the second one via loop-AES. <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1758,553 +1800,553 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2139 +#: using-d-i.xml:2175 #, no-c-format msgid "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> and <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> in this case) and the mount points you assigned to each encrypted volume. You will need this information later when booting the new system. The differences between the ordinary boot process and the boot process with encryption involved will be covered later in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2149 +#: using-d-i.xml:2185 #, no-c-format msgid "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2160 +#: using-d-i.xml:2196 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2161 +#: using-d-i.xml:2197 #, no-c-format msgid "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could take some time." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2174 +#: using-d-i.xml:2210 #, no-c-format msgid "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2183 +#: using-d-i.xml:2219 #, no-c-format msgid "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the installation is performed over a serial console." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2189 +#: using-d-i.xml:2225 #, no-c-format msgid "As part of the installation, a &arch-kernel; kernel will be installed. At the default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a list of available kernels." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2196 +#: using-d-i.xml:2232 #, no-c-format msgid "When packages are installed using the package management system, it will by default also install packages that are recommended by those packages. Recommended packages are not strictly required for the core functionality of the selected software, but they do enhance that software and should, in the view of the package maintainers, normally be installed together with that software." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2206 +#: using-d-i.xml:2242 #, no-c-format msgid "For technical reasons packages installed during the installation of the base system are installed without their <quote>Recommends</quote>. The rule described above only takes effect after this point in the installation process." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2218 +#: using-d-i.xml:2254 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2219 +#: using-d-i.xml:2255 #, no-c-format msgid "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to install additional software on the system to tune it to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or network connection." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2234 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2236 +#: using-d-i.xml:2272 #, no-c-format msgid "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian-gnu; system is a program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> package<footnote> <para> Note that the program which actually installs the packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool, which will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate. It knows how to retrieve packages from your CD, the network, or wherever. It is also able to automatically install other packages which are required to make the package you're trying to install work correctly. </para> </footnote>. Other front-ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and <command>synaptic</command>, are also in use. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface. In fact, <command>aptitude</command> is now the recommended utility for package management." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2296 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to retrieve packages. The results of this configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. You can examine and edit this file to your liking after the installation is complete." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2267 +#: using-d-i.xml:2303 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take care of the configuration automatically, based on the installation method you are using and possibly using choices made earlier in the installation. In most cases the installer will automatically add a security mirror and, if you are installing the stable distribution, a mirror for the <quote>volatile</quote> update service." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2276 +#: using-d-i.xml:2312 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be able to make more decisions yourself. You can choose whether or not to use the security and/or volatile update services, and you can choose to add packages from the <quote>contrib</quote> and <quote>non-free</quote> sections of the archive." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2287 +#: using-d-i.xml:2323 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2289 +#: using-d-i.xml:2325 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the installer will ask if you want to scan additional CDs or DVDs. If you have additional CDs or DVDs available, you probably want to do this so the installer can use the packages included on them." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2296 +#: using-d-i.xml:2332 #, no-c-format msgid "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using them is not required. If you also do not use a network mirror (as explained in the next section), it can mean that not all packages belonging to the tasks you select in the next step of the installation can be installed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2304 +#: using-d-i.xml:2340 #, no-c-format msgid "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. This means that for most uses only the first CDs in a set are needed and that only very few people actually use any of the packages included on the last CDs in a set." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2347 #, no-c-format msgid "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a waste of money as you'll never use most of them. In most cases you are better off getting only the first 3 to 8 CDs and installing any additional packages you may need from the Internet by using a mirror. The same goes for DVD sets: the first DVD, or maybe the first two DVDs will cover most needs." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2320 +#: using-d-i.xml:2356 #, no-c-format msgid "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the GNOME desktop environment) only the first three CDs are needed. For the alternative desktop environments (KDE or Xfce), additional CDs are needed. The first DVD easily covers all three desktop environments." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2328 +#: using-d-i.xml:2364 #, no-c-format msgid "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to exchange them when it needs packages from another CD/DVD than the one currently in the drive. Note that only CDs or DVDs that belong to the same set should be scanned. The order in which they are scanned does not really matter, but scanning them in ascending order will reduce the chance of mistakes." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2341 +#: using-d-i.xml:2377 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2343 +#: using-d-i.xml:2379 #, no-c-format msgid "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to use a network mirror as a source for packages. In most cases the default answer should be fine, but there are some exceptions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2349 +#: using-d-i.xml:2385 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or using a full CD/DVD image, you really should use a network mirror as otherwise you will end up with only a very minimal system. However, if you have a limited Internet connection it is best <emphasis>not</emphasis> to select the <literal>desktop</literal> task in the next step of the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2358 +#: using-d-i.xml:2394 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using a network mirror is not required, but is still strongly recommended because a single CD contains only a fairly limited number of packages. If you have a limited Internet connection it may still be best to <emphasis>not</emphasis> select a network mirror here, but to finish the installation using only what's available on the CD and selectively install additional packages after the installation (i.e. after you have rebooted into the new system)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2369 +#: using-d-i.xml:2405 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed during the installation should be present on the first DVD. The same is true if you have scanned multiple CDs as explained in the previous section. Use of a network mirror is optional." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2376 +#: using-d-i.xml:2412 #, no-c-format msgid "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred since the CD/DVD set was created and have been included in a point release, will become available for installation, thus extending the life of your CD/DVD set without compromising the security or stability of the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2383 +#: using-d-i.xml:2419 #, no-c-format msgid "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if you do not have a good Internet connection. If the current version of a package is available from CD/DVD, the installer will always use that. The amount of data that will be downloaded if you do select a mirror thus depends on" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2392 +#: using-d-i.xml:2428 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2397 +#: using-d-i.xml:2433 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2402 +#: using-d-i.xml:2438 #, no-c-format msgid "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2407 +#: using-d-i.xml:2443 #, no-c-format msgid "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are available from a mirror (either a regular package mirror, or a mirror for security or volatile updates)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2416 +#: using-d-i.xml:2452 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may still be downloaded from the Internet if there is a security or volatile update available for them and those services have been configured." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2432 +#: using-d-i.xml:2468 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2434 +#: using-d-i.xml:2470 #, no-c-format msgid "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various tasks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2443 +#: using-d-i.xml:2479 #, no-c-format msgid "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or <quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> program. It can be run at any time after installation to install more packages (or remove them), or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as <command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2470 +#: using-d-i.xml:2506 #, no-c-format msgid "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can deselect them. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2477 +#: using-d-i.xml:2513 #, no-c-format msgid "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar to toggle selection of a task." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2483 +#: using-d-i.xml:2519 #, no-c-format msgid "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop environment." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2488 +#: using-d-i.xml:2524 #, no-c-format msgid "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the installation. However, it <emphasis>is</emphasis> possible to get &d-i; to install a KDE desktop environment instead of GNOME by using preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding the parameter <literal>desktop=kde</literal> at the boot prompt when starting the installer. Alternatively the more lightweight Xfce and LXDE desktop environments can be selected by using <literal>desktop=xfce</literal> or <literal>desktop=lxde</literal>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2535 #, no-c-format msgid "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the desired desktop environment from the graphical boot menu. Select the <quote>Advanced options</quote> option in the main menu and look for <quote>Alternative desktop environments</quote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2506 +#: using-d-i.xml:2542 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop environment are actually available. If you are installing using a single full CD image, they will need to be downloaded from a mirror as most needed packages are only included on later CDs; installing KDE, Xfce or LXDE this way should work fine if you are using a DVD image or any other installation method." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2516 +#: using-d-i.xml:2552 #, no-c-format msgid "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS server: <classname>bind9</classname>; File server: <classname>samba</classname>, <classname>nfs</classname>; Mail server: <classname>exim4</classname>, <classname>spamassassin</classname>, <classname>uw-imap</classname>; Print server: <classname>cups</classname>; SQL database: <classname>postgresql</classname>; Web server: <classname>apache2</classname>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2527 +#: using-d-i.xml:2563 #, no-c-format msgid "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a priority <quote>standard</quote>. This includes a lot of common utilities that are normally available on any Linux or Unix system. You should leave this task selected unless you know what you are doing and want a really minimal system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2535 +#: using-d-i.xml:2571 #, no-c-format msgid "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</quote> locale was selected, <command>tasksel</command> will check if any localization tasks are defined for that locale and will automatically try to install relevant localization packages. This includes for example packages containing word lists or special fonts for your language. If a desktop environment was selected, it will also install appropriate localization packages for that (if available)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2545 +#: using-d-i.xml:2581 #, no-c-format msgid "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages that are part of the selected tasks. If a particular program needs more information from the user, it will prompt you during this process." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2552 +#: using-d-i.xml:2588 #, no-c-format msgid "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. Especially when installing from a normal CD-ROM in combination with a mirror for packages not on the CD-ROM, the installer may want to retrieve a lot of packages over the network. If you have a relatively slow Internet connection, this can take a long time. There is no option to cancel the installation of packages once it has started." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2561 +#: using-d-i.xml:2597 #, no-c-format msgid "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still retrieve them from the mirror if the version available on the mirror is more recent than the one included on the CD-ROM. If you are installing the stable distribution, this can happen after a point release (an update of the original stable release); if you are installing the testing distribution this will happen if you are using an older image." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2576 +#: using-d-i.xml:2612 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2578 +#: using-d-i.xml:2614 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set OpenBoot to boot from the network by default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2593 +#: using-d-i.xml:2629 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2595 +#: using-d-i.xml:2631 #, no-c-format msgid "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this other operating system in addition to &debian;." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2603 +#: using-d-i.xml:2639 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot manager's documentation for more information." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2621 +#: using-d-i.xml:2657 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2622 +#: using-d-i.xml:2658 #, no-c-format msgid "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> can actually read Linux partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2631 +#: using-d-i.xml:2667 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2643 +#: using-d-i.xml:2679 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2645 +#: using-d-i.xml:2681 #, no-c-format msgid "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for new users and old hands alike." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2651 +#: using-d-i.xml:2687 #, no-c-format msgid "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2657 +#: using-d-i.xml:2693 #, no-c-format msgid "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to the main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2670 +#: using-d-i.xml:2706 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2672 +#: using-d-i.xml:2708 #, no-c-format msgid "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2682 +#: using-d-i.xml:2718 #, no-c-format msgid "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2690 +#: using-d-i.xml:2726 #, no-c-format msgid "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</command> boot loader:" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2697 +#: using-d-i.xml:2733 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2697 +#: using-d-i.xml:2733 #, no-c-format msgid "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot process." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2704 +#: using-d-i.xml:2740 #, no-c-format msgid "new &debian; partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2704 +#: using-d-i.xml:2740 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> will install itself at the beginning of the new &debian; partition and it will serve as a secondary boot loader." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2713 +#: using-d-i.xml:2749 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2713 +#: using-d-i.xml:2749 #, no-c-format msgid "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can use traditional device names such as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2723 +#: using-d-i.xml:2759 #, no-c-format msgid "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record — however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into &debian;!" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2739 +#: using-d-i.xml:2775 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2741 +#: using-d-i.xml:2777 #, no-c-format msgid "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and copies files into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to do the actual work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2757 +#: using-d-i.xml:2793 #, no-c-format msgid "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2769 +#: using-d-i.xml:2805 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2771 +#: using-d-i.xml:2807 #, no-c-format msgid "The criterion for selecting a partition is that it must be a FAT format filesystem with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic partitions. Remember, <command>elilo</command> may format the partition during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2786 +#: using-d-i.xml:2822 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2788 +#: using-d-i.xml:2824 #, no-c-format msgid "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> would find these files using the path <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated or re-configured." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2810 +#: using-d-i.xml:2846 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2811 +#: using-d-i.xml:2847 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-written to refer to files in the EFI partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2820 +#: using-d-i.xml:2856 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2821 +#: using-d-i.xml:2857 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>&debian; GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> command menu." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2867 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2868 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard &debian; installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2844 +#: using-d-i.xml:2880 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2845 +#: using-d-i.xml:2881 #, no-c-format msgid "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2855 +#: using-d-i.xml:2891 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2856 +#: using-d-i.xml:2892 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard &debian; installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2876 +#: using-d-i.xml:2912 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2877 +#: using-d-i.xml:2913 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by setting some firmware environment variables entering <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2317,289 +2359,289 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2896 +#: using-d-i.xml:2932 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2897 +#: using-d-i.xml:2933 #, no-c-format msgid "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the onboard controllers" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2905 +#: using-d-i.xml:2941 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2906 +#: using-d-i.xml:2942 #, no-c-format msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is installed" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2914 +#: using-d-i.xml:2950 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2915 +#: using-d-i.xml:2951 #, no-c-format msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> resides" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2923 +#: using-d-i.xml:2959 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2924 +#: using-d-i.xml:2960 #, no-c-format msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2945 +#: using-d-i.xml:2981 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2946 +#: using-d-i.xml:2982 #, no-c-format msgid "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named <quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be set to boot &debian-gnu;." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2964 +#: using-d-i.xml:3000 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2965 +#: using-d-i.xml:3001 #, no-c-format msgid "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up <command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on 7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2981 +#: using-d-i.xml:3017 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2982 +#: using-d-i.xml:3018 #, no-c-format msgid "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2999 +#: using-d-i.xml:3035 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3001 +#: using-d-i.xml:3037 #, no-c-format msgid "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3026 +#: using-d-i.xml:3062 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3028 +#: using-d-i.xml:3064 #, no-c-format msgid "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3035 +#: using-d-i.xml:3071 #, no-c-format msgid "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3052 +#: using-d-i.xml:3088 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3053 +#: using-d-i.xml:3089 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the last step in the &debian; installation process during which the installer will do any last minute tasks. It mostly consists of tidying up after the &d-i;." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3066 +#: using-d-i.xml:3102 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3068 +#: using-d-i.xml:3104 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating systems are installed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3075 +#: using-d-i.xml:3111 #, no-c-format msgid "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of UTC.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"any-x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of UTC.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3086 +#: using-d-i.xml:3122 #, no-c-format msgid "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the system's hardware clock. This will be done either in UTC or local time, depending on the selection that was just made." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3101 +#: using-d-i.xml:3137 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3103 +#: using-d-i.xml:3139 #, no-c-format msgid "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot the installer. After that the system will be rebooted into your new &debian; system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3109 +#: using-d-i.xml:3145 #, no-c-format msgid "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not supported on &arch-title;. You then need to IPL &debian-gnu; from the DASD which you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3122 +#: using-d-i.xml:3158 #, no-c-format -msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3123 +#: using-d-i.xml:3159 #, no-c-format msgid "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in case something goes wrong." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3136 +#: using-d-i.xml:3172 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3138 +#: using-d-i.xml:3174 #, no-c-format msgid "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> on your new &debian; system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3145 +#: using-d-i.xml:3181 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to an installation report." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3165 +#: using-d-i.xml:3201 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3167 +#: using-d-i.xml:3203 #, no-c-format msgid "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an installation. On most systems, and if you are not installing over serial console, the easiest method is to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis> by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo><footnote> <para> That is: press the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</keycap> and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key at the same time. </para> </footnote> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>). Use <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to switch back to the installer itself." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3185 +#: using-d-i.xml:3221 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3189 +#: using-d-i.xml:3225 #, no-c-format msgid "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the main menu that can be used to start a shell. You can get to the main menu from most dialogs by using the &BTN-GOBACK; button one or more times. Type <userinput>exit</userinput> to close the shell and return to the installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3197 +#: using-d-i.xml:3233 #, no-c-format msgid "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The shell is a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command> and has some nice features like autocompletion and history." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3206 +#: using-d-i.xml:3242 #, no-c-format msgid "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log files for the installation system can be found in the <filename>/var/log</filename> directory." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3213 +#: using-d-i.xml:3249 #, no-c-format msgid "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available commands allow you to do, the option to use a shell is really only there in case something goes wrong and for debugging." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3219 +#: using-d-i.xml:3255 #, no-c-format msgid "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation process and result in errors or an incomplete installation. In particular, you should always use let the installer activate your swap partition and not do this yourself from a shell." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3234 +#: using-d-i.xml:3271 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3236 +#: using-d-i.xml:3273 #, no-c-format msgid "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3246 +#: using-d-i.xml:3283 #, no-c-format msgid "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3259 +#: using-d-i.xml:3296 #, no-c-format msgid "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting up the network." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3264 +#: using-d-i.xml:3301 #, no-c-format msgid "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to the person who will continue the installation remotely." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3276 +#: using-d-i.xml:3313 #, no-c-format msgid "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can select another component." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3282 +#: using-d-i.xml:3319 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection with the installation system is as simple as typing: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2608,127 +2650,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3299 +#: using-d-i.xml:3336 #, no-c-format msgid "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default configuration that does not send keep-alive packets. In principle, a connection to the system being installed should be kept open indefinitely. However, in some situations — depending on your local network setup — the connection may be lost after some period of inactivity. One common case where this can happen is when there is some form of Network Address Translation (NAT) somewhere between the client and the system being installed. Depending on at which point of the installation the connection was lost, you may or may not be able to resume the installation after reconnecting." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3312 +#: using-d-i.xml:3349 #, no-c-format msgid "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option <userinput>-o ServerAliveInterval=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when starting the <command>ssh</command> connection, or by adding that option in your <command>ssh</command> configuration file. Note however that in some cases adding this option may also <emphasis>cause</emphasis> a connection to be dropped (for example if keep-alive packets are sent during a brief network outage, from which <command>ssh</command> would otherwise have recovered), so it should only be used when needed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3325 +#: using-d-i.xml:3362 #, no-c-format msgid "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename><footnote> <para> The following command will remove an existing entry for a host: <command>ssh-keygen -R <<replaceable>hostname</replaceable>|<replaceable>IP address</replaceable>></command>. </para> </footnote> and try again." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3341 +#: using-d-i.xml:3378 #, no-c-format msgid "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but may start multiple sessions for shells." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3351 +#: using-d-i.xml:3388 #, no-c-format msgid "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3371 +#: using-d-i.xml:3407 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3372 +#: using-d-i.xml:3408 #, no-c-format msgid "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require firmware to be loaded. In most cases the device will not work at all if the firmware is not available; sometimes basic functionality is not impaired if it is missing and the firmware is only needed to enable additional features." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3380 +#: using-d-i.xml:3416 #, no-c-format msgid "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will display a dialog offering to load the missing firmware. If this option is selected, &d-i; will scan available devices for either loose firmware files or packages containing firmware. If found, the firmware will be copied to the correct location (<filename>/lib/firmware</filename>) and the driver module will be reloaded." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3390 +#: using-d-i.xml:3426 #, no-c-format msgid "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on the architecture, the installation method and the stage of the installation. Especially during the early stages of the installation, loading the firmware is most likely to succeed from a FAT-formatted floppy disk or USB stick. <phrase arch=\"x86\">On i386 and amd64 firmware can also be loaded from an MMC or SD card.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3400 +#: using-d-i.xml:3436 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device will also function without it, or if the device is not needed during the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3407 +#: using-d-i.xml:3443 #, no-c-format msgid "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be improved in future releases of the installer. Currently &d-i; will for example not display any warning if you choose to load missing firmware, but the requested firmware is not found. Please report any issues you encounter by filing an installation report (see <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3418 +#: using-d-i.xml:3454 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3419 +#: using-d-i.xml:3455 #, no-c-format msgid "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a hard disk, the most common method to load firmware will be from some removable medium such as a floppy disk or a USB stick. The firmware files or packages must be placed in either the root directory or a directory named <filename>/firmware</filename> of the file system on the medium. The recommended file system to use is FAT as that is most certain to be supported during the early stages of the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3429 +#: using-d-i.xml:3465 #, no-c-format msgid "Tarballs and zip files containing current packages for the most common firmware are available from: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <ulink url=\"&url-firmware-tarballs;\"></ulink> </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Just download the tarball or zip file for the correct release and unpack it to the file system on the medium." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3443 +#: using-d-i.xml:3479 #, no-c-format msgid "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also download specific firmware packages from the (non-free section of the) archive. The following overview should list most available firmware packages but is not guaranteed to be complete and may also contain non-firmware packages:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3457 +#: using-d-i.xml:3493 #, no-c-format msgid "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose firmware could be obtained for example from an already installed system or from a hardware vendor." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3466 +#: using-d-i.xml:3502 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3467 +#: using-d-i.xml:3503 #, no-c-format msgid "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to the installed system. In most cases this will ensure that the device that requires the firmware will also work correctly after the system is rebooted into the installed system. However, if the installed system runs a different kernel version from the installer there is a slight chance that the firmware cannot be loaded due to version skew." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3476 +#: using-d-i.xml:3512 #, no-c-format msgid "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install this package for the installed system and will automatically add the non-free section of the package archive in APT's <filename>sources.list</filename>. This has the advantage that the firmware should be updated automatically if a new version becomes available." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3484 +#: using-d-i.xml:3520 #, no-c-format msgid "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant device will probably not work with the installed system until the firmware (package) is installed manually." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3491 +#: using-d-i.xml:3527 #, no-c-format msgid "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to the installed system will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be automatically updated unless the corresponding firmware package (if available) is installed after the installation is completed." msgstr "" |